Linear Algebra and Representation Theory

Contents
  1. Preliminary formulas from elementary algebra
  2. Vector spaces
  3. Inner product, norm, and metric
  4. Linear transformations
  5. The dual space
  6. Eigenvectors, eigenvalues, and decompositions
  7. Algebras
  8. Representations of groups
  9. Representations of finite groups
  10. Properties of irreducible representations
  11. Representations of algebras

The vector space is the algebraic structure on which almost all of the mathematics of physics is built: classical states, quantum states, fields, and the linearized neighbourhoods of curved spaces are all modelled on vector spaces. This chapter develops the theory of vector spaces and of the linear transformations between them, the dual space, and the algebras — in particular Lie algebras — that linear transformations generate. It then turns to representation theory: the systematic study of how an abstract group can act by linear transformations on a vector space. The chapter closes with the fundamental properties of irreducible representations of finite groups, the working machinery behind the symmetry analysis used throughout the treatise. A short section of elementary algebraic formulas, collected from a companion summary sheet of the source, opens the chapter for later reference.

Preliminary formulas from elementary algebra

The following classical identities are collected here for reference; they are used freely in computations throughout the treatise.

Factorials and the binomial theorem

Definition 5.1 (Double factorial).

The double factorial abbreviates the product of the odd or of the even numbers:

\begin{align} 1\cdot3\cdot5\cdot\ldots\cdot(2n+1)&=(2n+1)!!\ec\tag{5.1}\\ 2\cdot4\cdot6\cdot\ldots\cdot(2n)&=(2n)!!=2^{n}n!\ep\tag{5.2} \end{align}

For all \(a,b \in\R\) and all \(n \in \N\), the binomial theorem states that

\begin{equation}\tag{5.3} (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^{n}\frac{n!}{k!(n-k)!}\,a^{n-k}b^k\ep \end{equation}

Trigonometric formulas

The sine and cosine theorems

In a triangle with sides \(a,b,c\) and opposite angles \(\alpha,\beta,\gamma\), one has the law of sines

\begin{equation}\tag{5.14} \frac{\sin{\alpha}}{a}=\frac{\sin{\beta}}{b} \end{equation}

and the law of cosines

\begin{equation}\tag{5.15} c^2=a^2+b^2-2ab\cos{\gamma}\ep \end{equation}

Cramer's rule

In a system of linear equations with matrix representation \(AX=B\), with \(X=(x_1,\ldots,x_n)\) and \(\det{A}\neq0\), one has

\begin{equation}\tag{5.16} X=\left(\frac{D_1}{\det{A}},\ldots,\frac{D_n}{\det{A}}\right)\ec \end{equation}

where \(D_i\) is the determinant of the matrix obtained by replacing column \(i\) of the square matrix \(A\) by the column matrix \(B\).

Derivations of the elementary identities

The summary sheet these identities were collected from states them without proof. They are elementary, but the treatise derives what it states, so the derivations follow here in the order the formulas were listed. Nothing is used beyond the field axioms of \(\R\) and \(\C\), the functional equation \(\ee^{z+w}=\ee^{z}\ee^{w}\) of the exponential together with Euler's formula, the inner product of Section 5.3 on the physical space \(\R^{3}\) together with the one geometric fact that the area of a triangle is half its base times the corresponding altitude, and the Leibniz expansion of the determinant, which is written out where it is needed.

Double factorials.

Equation (5.1) is a definition: the symbol \((2n+1)!!\) abbreviates the product of the odd numbers up to \(2n+1\). Equation (5.2) is not a definition, and follows by extracting one factor \(2\) from each of the \(n\) even factors:

\begin{align*} (2n)!! & = \prod_{k=1}^{n}(2k)\\ & = \left(\prod_{k=1}^{n}2\right)\left(\prod_{k=1}^{n}k\right)\\ & = 2^{n}\,n!\ep \end{align*}

The two double factorials are tied to the ordinary one by

\[ (2n+1)! = (2n+1)!!\,(2n)!!\ec \]

since the factors of \((2n+1)!\) split without remainder into the odd ones and the even ones.

The binomial theorem.

Write \(\binom{n}{k}=n!/(k!\,(n-k)!)\) for \(0\leq k\leq n\), and adopt the convention \(\binom{n}{k}=0\) outside that range. The proof of Equation (5.3) is by induction on \(n\), and it rests on Pascal's rule

\begin{equation}\tag{5.17} \binom{n}{k-1}+\binom{n}{k}=\binom{n+1}{k}\ec\quad 1\leq k\leq n\ec \end{equation}

which is obtained by putting the two fractions over a common denominator:

\begin{align*} \binom{n}{k-1}+\binom{n}{k} & = \frac{n!}{(k-1)!\,(n-k+1)!}+\frac{n!}{k!\,(n-k)!}\\ & = \frac{n!\,k}{k!\,(n-k+1)!}+\frac{n!\,(n-k+1)}{k!\,(n-k+1)!}\\ & = \frac{n!\,(n+1)}{k!\,(n+1-k)!}\\ & = \binom{n+1}{k}\ep \end{align*}

For \(n=0\) both sides of Equation (5.3) equal \(1\). Assume the identity for \(n\). Then

\begin{align*} (a+b)^{n+1} & = (a+b)\sum_{k=0}^{n}\binom{n}{k}a^{n-k}b^{k}\\ & = \sum_{k=0}^{n}\binom{n}{k}a^{n+1-k}b^{k} +\sum_{k=0}^{n}\binom{n}{k}a^{n-k}b^{k+1}\\ & = \sum_{k=0}^{n}\binom{n}{k}a^{n+1-k}b^{k} +\sum_{k=1}^{n+1}\binom{n}{k-1}a^{n+1-k}b^{k}\\ & = \sum_{k=0}^{n+1}\left[\binom{n}{k}+\binom{n}{k-1}\right] a^{n+1-k}b^{k}\\ & = \sum_{k=0}^{n+1}\binom{n+1}{k}a^{n+1-k}b^{k}\ec \end{align*}

where the third line relabels \(k+1\mapsto k\) in the second sum, the fourth uses the vanishing convention to extend both sums to \(0\leq k\leq n+1\), and the last invokes Equation (5.17). Only commutativity of the product \(ab=ba\) was used, so the identity holds in any commutative ring, and in particular for \(a,b\in\C\).

Angle addition, and the identities that follow from it.

All the trigonometric formulas of Section 5.1.2 descend from Equations (5.5) and (5.6). Those two are proved from the power series alone, without leaving the real line, as Lemma 7.72; the derivation given here instead reads them off Euler's formula \(\ee^{\ii x}=\cos{x}+\ii\sin{x}\) (Proposition 8.4) and the functional equation of the exponential (Lemma 7.60), which is shorter but borrows from two later chapters. The special values \(\sin(\pi/2)=1\) and \(\cos(\pi/2)=0\) used below are Definition 7.74 and Proposition 7.77, also later. Nothing is circular — neither of those chapters uses this section — but a reader following the book in order should take Lemma 7.72 as the primary derivation and this one as a mnemonic. Indeed,

\begin{align*} \cos{(x+y)}+\ii\sin{(x+y)} & = \ee^{\ii(x+y)}\\ & = \ee^{\ii x}\ee^{\ii y}\\ & = (\cos{x}+\ii\sin{x})(\cos{y}+\ii\sin{y})\\ & = (\cos{x}\cos{y}-\sin{x}\sin{y})\\ & \quad +\ii(\sin{x}\cos{y}+\cos{x}\sin{y})\ec \end{align*}

and, \(x\) and \(y\) being real, the real and imaginary parts may be equated separately, which is the upper sign of Equations (5.5) and (5.6). The lower sign follows on replacing \(y\) by \(-y\) and using \(\ee^{-\ii y}=(\ee^{\ii y})^{\ast}\), that is, \(\cos{(-y)}=\cos{y}\) and \(\sin{(-y)}=-\sin{y}\).

The remaining identities are specializations.

The angle at a vertex.

Both theorems of Section 5.1.3 speak of the angle at a vertex of a triangle, and they must mean the same thing by it or their proofs are not proofs of statements about one figure. The notion is therefore fixed once, here, and both derivations are read off it. The triangle is placed in the physical space \(\R^{3}\), carrying the inner product of Section 5.3 — a \(3+0\) instantiation, the triangle lying in any plane of it — and the angle between two non-zero vectors \(u,v\) is defined by

\begin{equation}\tag{5.18} \braket{u}{v}=\norm{u}\norm{v}\cos{\theta}\ec\qquad\theta\in[0,\pi]\ep \end{equation}

This determines \(\theta\) uniquely: the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality Equation (5.43) confines \(\braket{u}{v}/(\norm{u}\norm{v})\) to \([-1,1]\), and the cosine is a bijection from \([0,\pi]\) onto \([-1,1]\). The angle of a triangle at a vertex is the angle so defined between the two sides issuing from that vertex.

The elementary construction the law of sines uses — dropping a perpendicular — measures that same angle, and saying so is what makes the two derivations below derivations about the same \(\alpha\), \(\beta\), \(\gamma\). Let \(u\) and \(v\) issue from a common vertex, let \(\theta\) be the angle Equation (5.18) between them, and take the line carrying \(v\) as the base. The foot of the perpendicular dropped from the tip of \(u\) is \(\left(\braket{v}{u}/\norm{v}^{2}\right)v\), since subtracting it from \(u\) leaves a vector orthogonal to \(v\); the altitude is the length of what remains, and

\begin{align*} \norm{u-\frac{\braket{v}{u}}{\norm{v}^{2}}\,v}^{2} & = \norm{u}^{2}-\frac{\braket{u}{v}^{2}}{\norm{v}^{2}}\\ & = \norm{u}^{2}\left(1-\cos^{2}{\theta}\right) && \text{by Equation (5.18)}\\ & = \norm{u}^{2}\sin^{2}{\theta}\ec \end{align*}

the inner product being real and symmetric here. Hence the altitude has length \(\norm{u}\sin{\theta}\), the sine being non-negative on \([0,\pi]\). No case distinction between an acute and an obtuse angle is needed: the computation never asked where the foot of the perpendicular falls relative to the endpoints of the base.

The law of sines.

Let the triangle have area \(S\), which is half of any base times the corresponding altitude. Take \(b\) as the base. The altitude is then dropped from the vertex at which \(a\) and \(c\) meet, and by the computation just made it has length \(c\sin{\alpha}\) — the side \(c\) times the sine of the angle \(\alpha\) that \(c\) makes with the base \(b\) at the vertex the two share — so \(S=\tfrac{1}{2}bc\sin{\alpha}\). Taking \(c\) and then \(a\) as the base gives in the same way, cycling \(a\to b\to c\to a\) and \(\alpha\to\beta\to\gamma\to\alpha\), \(S=\tfrac{1}{2}ca\sin{\beta}=\tfrac{1}{2}ab\sin{\gamma}\). The pairing is worth checking rather than remembering: each expression is the product of the two sides that meet at a vertex with the sine of the angle at that same vertex, and the base has to be one of the two factors. That is what forbids pairing the base \(c\) with \(\tfrac{1}{2}ab\sin{\gamma}\) — an expression in which \(c\) does not appear at all. Dividing the three equal quantities by \(\tfrac{1}{2}abc\),

\[ \frac{\sin{\alpha}}{a}=\frac{\sin{\beta}}{b} =\frac{\sin{\gamma}}{c}=\frac{2S}{abc}\ec \]

of which Equation (5.14) is the first equality.

The law of cosines.

The same setting serves, and no second notion of angle is introduced. Place the vertex carrying the angle \(\gamma\) at the origin of \(\R^{3}\) and let \(\vect{u},\vect{v}\) be the two sides issuing from it, so that \(\norm{\vect{u}}=a\), \(\norm{\vect{v}}=b\) and the opposite side is \(\vect{u}-\vect{v}\), of length \(c\). The angle between them is \(\gamma\) in the sense of Equation (5.18), that is \(\braket{\vect{u}}{\vect{v}}=ab\cos{\gamma}\). Then

\begin{align*} c^{2} & = \braket{\vect{u}-\vect{v}}{\vect{u}-\vect{v}}\\ & = \braket{\vect{u}}{\vect{u}}+\braket{\vect{v}}{\vect{v}} -2\braket{\vect{u}}{\vect{v}}\\ & = a^{2}+b^{2}-2ab\cos{\gamma}\ec \end{align*}

which is Equation (5.15). The middle step uses the distributivity Equations (5.35) and (5.37) and the symmetry of the real inner product Equation (5.33). Note that \(\gamma=\pi/2\) returns Pythagoras' theorem.

Cramer's rule.

Let \(A\) be a square matrix of order \(n\) over a field of characteristic zero, with entries \(A^{i}_{\ j}\) (\(i\) the row, \(j\) the column) and columns \(A_{1},\ldots,A_{n}\). The determinant is the Leibniz sum over the permutations \(\sigma\) of \(n\) symbols,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.19} \det{A}=\sum_{\sigma}\sgn(\sigma)\prod_{j=1}^{n}A^{\sigma(j)}_{\ j}\ec \end{equation}

from which the two properties we need follow at once.

The system \(AX=B\) says precisely that \(B\) is the combination of the columns of \(A\) with the unknowns as coefficients,

\[ B=\sum_{j=1}^{n}x_{j}A_{j}\ep \]

Substituting this for the \(i\)-th column of \(A\) and using linearity in that column,

\begin{align*} D_{i} & = \det\left(A_{1},\ldots,A_{i-1},B,A_{i+1},\ldots,A_{n}\right)\\ & = \sum_{j=1}^{n}x_{j}\, \det\left(A_{1},\ldots,A_{i-1},A_{j},A_{i+1},\ldots,A_{n}\right)\\ & = x_{i}\det{A}\ec \end{align*}

because for \(j\neq i\) the determinant on the second line has the column \(A_{j}\) twice and therefore vanishes. With \(\det{A}\neq0\) we may divide, obtaining \(x_{i}=D_{i}/\det{A}\), which is Equation (5.16).

The derivative of a determinant

One consequence of the Leibniz expansion is worth stating on its own, because it is what governs how a volume element changes along a motion.

Proposition 5.2 (Jacobi's formula, column form).

Let \(A(t)\) be a square array of order \(n\) whose entries are differentiable functions of a real parameter \(t\). Then \(\det A\) is differentiable and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.20} \dv{}{t}\det A =\sum_{j=1}^{n}\det\left(A_{1},\ldots,\dv{A_{j}}{t},\ldots,A_{n}\right) \end{equation}

in terms of the columns \(A_{j}\) of \(A\). If moreover \(A(t)\) is invertible then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.21} \dv{}{t}\det A=\left(\det A\right)\tr\left(A^{-1}\dv{A}{t}\right)\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Equation (5.19), Proposition 7.30 and Proposition 5.49.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.2. By Equation (5.19), \(\det A\) is a sum of products of \(n\) entries, each entry from a different column. Differentiating a product of \(n\) differentiable functions — Proposition 7.30 extended to \(n\) factors by induction — replaces it by the sum of the \(n\) products in which one factor has been differentiated. Collecting, for each \(j\), the terms in which the differentiated factor came from column \(j\) gives exactly the Leibniz expansion of the determinant with that column replaced by its derivative, which is Equation (5.20).

Now let \(A\) be invertible, so that its columns are a basis of the coordinate space (Proposition 5.49), and expand each \(\dv{A_{j}}{t}\) in that basis. The array of coefficients is \(B=A^{-1}\dv{A}{t}\), since \(AB=\dv{A}{t}\) says column by column that \(\dv{A_{j}}{t}=\sum_{i}B_{ij}A_{i}\). Substituting this into the \(j\)-th term of Equation (5.20) and using linearity in the \(j\)-th column,

\[ \det\left(A_{1},\ldots,\dv{A_{j}}{t},\ldots,A_{n}\right) =\sum_{i=1}^{n}B_{ij} \det\left(A_{1},\ldots,A_{i},\ldots,A_{n}\right) =B_{jj}\det A\ec \]

because the determinant on the right has the column \(A_{i}\) standing in the \(j\)-th place and therefore repeats a column, hence vanishes, unless \(i=j\). Summing over \(j\) produces \(\tr B\) and Equation (5.21).

Vector spaces

Vector spaces

Let us discuss the definition of a vector space in more detail. As we have seen (Definition 4.33), the composite structure \([(\mathbb{K},+,\cdot),\cdot,(\mathbb{V},+)]\) is a vector space if and only if the following hold.

  1. \(\mathbb{K}\) is a commutative field.

  2. \(\mathbb{V}\) is closed with respect to \(+\).

  3. \(\mathbb{V}\) is an abelian group with respect to \(+\):

    1. [a)] \(\forall\,u,v,w\in \mathbb{V},\ u+(v+w)=(u+v)+w\);

    2. [b)] \(\forall\,u\in \mathbb{V},\ \exists\ 0_{\mathbb{V}} \in \mathbb{V}\mid u+0_{\mathbb{V}}=u\ \wedge\ 0_{\mathbb{V}}+u =u\);

    3. [c)] \(\forall\,u\in \mathbb{V},\ \exists\ (-u) \in \mathbb{V}\mid u+(-u)=0_{\mathbb{V}}\ \wedge\ (-u)+u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\);

    4. [d)] \(\forall\,u,v\in \mathbb{V},\ u+v=v+u\).

  4. The binary operation \(\cdot:\mathbb{K}\times\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) relates \(\mathbb{K}\) and \(\mathbb{V}\) in the following manner:

    1. [e)] \(\forall\,a,b\in \mathbb{K},\ \forall\,u\in \mathbb{V},\ a(bu) = (ab)u\);

    2. [f)] \(\forall\,u\in \mathbb{V},\ 1u=u\);

    that is, the operation \(\cdot\) is an action of \((\mathbb{K},\cdot)\) on \(\mathbb{V}\). Finally, the following distributivity properties hold:

    1. [g)] \(\forall\,a\in \mathbb{K},\ \forall\,u,v\in \mathbb{V},\ a(u+v)=au+av\);

    2. [h)] \(\forall\,a,b\in \mathbb{K},\ \forall\,u\in \mathbb{V},\ (a+b)u=au+bu\).

Given a vector space, the following properties hold:

\begin{equation} \tag{5.22}\forall\,v\in\mathbb{V},\ 0\cdot v=0_{\mathbb{V}} \end{equation}

and

\begin{equation} \tag{5.23}\forall\,a\in\mathbb{K},\ a\cdot0_{\mathbb{V}}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \end{equation}

Derivation. Derives Equation (5.22). Both are consequences of distributivity together with the existence of additive inverses in \((\mathbb{V},+)\); note that the two zeros involved are different objects, \(0\in\mathbb{K}\) and \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\in\mathbb{V}\), and that the content of the statements is exactly that they are compatible.

For Equation (5.22), apply distributivity h) with \(a=b=0\), using \(0+0=0\) in the field:

\[ 0\cdot v=(0+0)\cdot v=0\cdot v+0\cdot v\ep \]

By axiom c) the vector \(0\cdot v\) possesses an additive inverse \(-(0\cdot v)\). Adding it on the left of both sides and using associativity a), the inverse axiom c) and the neutral element b),

\begin{align*} -(0\cdot v)+0\cdot v & = -(0\cdot v)+\left(0\cdot v+0\cdot v\right)\\ 0_{\mathbb{V}} & = \left(-(0\cdot v)+0\cdot v\right)+0\cdot v\\ & = 0_{\mathbb{V}}+0\cdot v\\ & = 0\cdot v\ep \end{align*}

For Equation (5.23) the argument is the same one run on the other distributive law. By axiom b), \(0_{\mathbb{V}}=0_{\mathbb{V}}+0_{\mathbb{V}}\), so distributivity g) gives

\[ a\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}}=a\cdot\left(0_{\mathbb{V}}+0_{\mathbb{V}}\right) =a\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}}+a\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}}\ec \]

and adding \(-(a\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}})\) on the left of both sides yields \(0_{\mathbb{V}}=a\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}}\).

Two further consequences are worth recording, since they are used silently later: \((-1)\cdot v=-v\), because \(v+(-1)\cdot v=(1+(-1))\cdot v=0\cdot v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by axiom f) and Equation (5.22); and, conversely, \(a\cdot v= 0_{\mathbb{V}}\) with \(a\neq0\) forces \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), since multiplying by \(a^{-1}\in\mathbb{K}\) — which exists because \(\mathbb{K}\) is a field — gives \(v=1\cdot v=(a^{-1}a)\cdot v=a^{-1}\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by axioms e), f) and Equation (5.23).

When no ambiguity is possible we shall refer to the vector space as \(\mathbb{V}\). When it is necessary to specify the field, we denote it \(\mathbb{V}(\mathbb{K})\). If \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) we say that \(\mathbb{V}\) is a real vector space; if \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), that \(\mathbb{V}\) is a complex vector space. From now on we shall consider only the cases \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\).

Definition 5.3 (Scalar).

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}(\mathbb{K})\). An element belonging to the field is called a scalar. We name zero the neutral element of \((\mathbb{K},+)\) and unity or one the neutral element of \((\mathbb{K},\cdot)\). Rests on Definition 4.33.

Definition 5.4 (Vector).

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\). An element belonging to the vector space is called a vector, and the neutral element \(0_\mathbb{V}\) is called the neutral vector. Rests on Definition 4.33.

Definition 5.5 (Linear combination).

Consider a set of scalars \(\{a^i\}^{N}_{i=1}\) in \(\mathbb{K}\) and a set of vectors \(W=\{v_i\}^{N}_{i=1}\) in \(\mathbb{V}\). The quantity

\[ v=\sum_{i=1}^{N}a^iv_{i} \]

is a vector, by the closure axioms. This vector is called a linear combination of the elements of \(W\). Rests on Definition 4.33.

Remark.

The concept of linear combination unifies the concepts of multiplication by a scalar and of vector addition: if we wish to prove a property, or state an axiom, both for a vector of the form \(av\) and for one of the form \(u+v\), it is sometimes simpler to consider a linear combination of \(u\) and \(v\), that is, to carry out the proof for a vector of the form \(au+bv\). This is at the discretion of the writer.

Definition 5.7 (Vector subspace).

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{S}\subset\mathbb{V}\). We say that \(\mathbb{S}\) is a vector subspace if and only if every linear combination of vectors in \(\mathbb{S}\) is a vector in \(\mathbb{S}\), that is, if

  1. \(\mathbb{S}\neq\varnothing\);

  2. \(\forall\ a,b\in\mathbb{K},\ \forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{S},\ au+bv\in\mathbb{S}\).

Rests on Definition 5.5.

The foregoing says that a vector subspace is a substructure. A vector subspace is evidently a vector space in itself, since:

Basic vector spaces: real numbers; complex numbers; matrices; functions

Four families of examples carry very nearly every vector space this treatise uses, and in each of them the axioms of Section 5.2.1 are verified in the same way: the operations are defined entry by entry, or point by point, so that each axiom reduces to the corresponding axiom of the field \(\mathbb{K}\). The verification is therefore written out once, for the first example, and only its outcome is recorded for the others.

Example 5.8 (The coordinate spaces $\R^{n}$ and $\C^{n}$).

Let \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\) and let \(\mathbb{K}^{n}\) be the set of ordered \(n\)-tuples \(v=(v^{1},\ldots,v^{n})\) of elements of \(\mathbb{K}\), with the componentwise operations

\begin{equation}\tag{5.24} \left(u+v\right)^{i}=u^{i}+v^{i}\ec\qquad \left(av\right)^{i}=a\,v^{i}\ec\qquad i=1,\ldots,n\ep \end{equation}

Closure is immediate, since \(\mathbb{K}\) is closed under its own operations. Associativity and commutativity of \(+\) hold because they hold in \(\mathbb{K}\) in each slot separately; the neutral vector is \(0_{\mathbb{V}}=(0,\ldots,0)\) and the opposite of \(v\) is \((-v^{1},\ldots,-v^{n})\); and the four axioms e) to h) relating the field to the space are the associativity, the unit, and the two distributive laws of \(\mathbb{K}\), read one component at a time. The \(n\) vectors

\begin{equation}\tag{5.25} e_{i}=(0,\ldots,0,\underset{i}{1},0,\ldots,0)\ec\qquad i=1,\ldots,n\ec \end{equation}

form a basis in the sense of Definition 5.15: the identity \(v=\sum_{i}v^{i}e_{i}\) exhibits an arbitrary \(v\) as a linear combination of them, and \(\sum_{i}a^{i}e_{i}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) reads \(a^{i}=0\) componentwise, which is Equation (5.29). Hence \(\dim{\mathbb{K}^{n}}=n\) over \(\mathbb{K}\). Two degenerate cases deserve their names: \(\R^{1}=\R\) is a real vector space of dimension one, and \(\C\) is a complex vector space of dimension one but a real vector space of dimension two, with basis \(\set{1,\ii}\) — the distinction insisted on in Remark 5.55. Physical space is the case \(n=3\) over \(\R\) and the spacetime of Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries the case \(n=4\) over \(\R\). Rests on Definitions 4.33 and 5.5.

Example 5.9 (The matrices of a given shape).

Let \(\mathcal{M}_{m\times n}\left[\mathbb{K}\right]\) be the set of rectangular arrays \(A=\left(A^{i}_{\ j}\right)\) of \(m\) rows and \(n\) columns with entries in \(\mathbb{K}\), added and scaled entry by entry,

\[ \left(A+B\right)^{i}_{\ j}=A^{i}_{\ j}+B^{i}_{\ j}\ec\qquad \left(aA\right)^{i}_{\ j}=a\,A^{i}_{\ j}\ep \]

This is Example 5.8 with the single index \(i\) replaced by the pair \((i,j)\), so every axiom holds for the same reason, the neutral vector being the array all of whose entries are \(0\). A basis is furnished by the \(mn\) arrays \(E_{(kl)}\) carrying \(1\) in the entry \((k,l)\) and \(0\) everywhere else: \(A=\sum_{k,l}A^{k}_{\ l}E_{(kl)}\), and a vanishing combination of the \(E_{(kl)}\) has every coefficient zero because it has every entry zero. Hence

\begin{equation}\tag{5.26} \dim{\mathcal{M}_{m\times n}\left[\mathbb{K}\right]}=mn\ep \end{equation}

Note what is not used here: the matrix product plays no part, and the square arrays acquire the further structure of an algebra (Proposition 5.125) only once it is added. Rests on Definitions 4.33 and 5.15.

Example 5.10 (Functions on a set).

Let \(X\) be a non-empty set and let \(\mathcal{F}(X,\R)\) be the set of all maps \(f:X\longrightarrow\R\), with the pointwise operations

\begin{equation}\tag{5.27} \left(f+g\right)(x)=f(x)+g(x)\ec\qquad \left(af\right)(x)=a\,f(x)\ec\qquad\forall\,x\in X\ep \end{equation}

Once more each axiom is an axiom of \(\R\) evaluated at one point at a time; the neutral vector is the function constant equal to \(0\) and the opposite of \(f\) is \(-f\). Many of the spaces met later in the treatise are subspaces of this one in the sense of Definition 5.7 — the polynomial functions of degree at most \(N\), the continuous functions on an interval, the solutions of a homogeneous linear differential equation — and each is a subspace for the same reason: the defining condition is preserved by linear combinations.

The dimension separates two regimes. If \(X\) is finite with \(N\) elements \(x_{1},\ldots,x_{N}\), then \(f\longmapsto(f(x_{1}),\ldots,f(x_{N}))\) is a bijection onto \(\R^{N}\) respecting Equation (5.27), so \(\mathcal{F}(X,\R)\) is a space of dimension \(N\) and nothing new. If \(X\) is infinite — \(X=\R\), say — the space is infinite-dimensional in the sense of Definition 5.16: the monomial functions \(p_{k}:x\longmapsto x^{k}\), \(k=0,1,2,\ldots\), are linearly independent, because a vanishing linear combination \(\sum_{k=0}^{K}a^{k}x^{k}=0\) for every real \(x\) is a polynomial with infinitely many roots and hence has all its coefficients zero. No finite set can therefore generate \(\mathcal{F}(\R,\R)\). Rests on Definitions 4.33 and 5.7.

Remark 5.11 (Why the last example forces a later chapter).

Example 5.10 is the first space in this chapter whose dimension is not a natural number, and the difference is not one of degree. Everything proved from Definition 5.12 onwards rests on finite linear combinations (Remark 5.13), whereas the expansions physics actually writes in function spaces — a Fourier series, a power series, an expansion of a quantum state in energy eigenstates — are infinite sums, and an infinite sum means nothing at all until a notion of convergence is supplied. Supplying it takes a norm (Definition 5.19) and then completeness with respect to the associated metric Equation (5.45); that is exactly the equipment of a Hilbert space, and it is why Hilbert Spaces exists as a separate chapter rather than as a paragraph of this one. The state space of Postulate 77.1 is a function space of this kind.

Bases

Definition 5.12 (Subspace generated by a set of vectors).

Consider a non-empty set of vectors \(W\subset\mathbb{V}\). The set of all possible linear combinations of the elements of \(W\) forms a vector subspace of \(\mathbb{V}\). We denote this subspace by \(\gen{W}\) and say that it is the subspace generated by \(W\). Rests on Definitions 5.5 and 5.7.

Derivation. Derives Definition 5.12. Write out what the set is:

\[ \gen{W}=\set{\sum_{i=1}^{N}a^{i}w_{i}\ \middle|\ N\in\N,\ a^{i}\in\mathbb{K},\ w_{i}\in W}\ec \]

the linear combinations being finite — \(N\) is arbitrary but each element of \(\gen{W}\) uses only finitely many vectors of \(W\). We verify the two conditions of Definition 5.7.

  1. \(\gen{W}\neq\varnothing\). By hypothesis \(W\neq\varnothing\), so pick \(w\in W\); then \(w=1\cdot w\in\gen{W}\) by axiom f), the case \(N=1\), \(a^{1}=1\).

  2. Closure under linear combination. Let \(u,v\in\gen{W}\) and \(c,d\in\mathbb{K}\). By definition there are finite families

    \[ u=\sum_{i=1}^{N}a^{i}w_{i}\ec\qquad v=\sum_{j=1}^{M}b^{j}w'_{j}\ec \]

    with all \(w_{i},w'_{j}\in W\). Then

    \begin{align*} cu+dv & = c\sum_{i=1}^{N}a^{i}w_{i}+d\sum_{j=1}^{M}b^{j}w'_{j}\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{N}c\left(a^{i}w_{i}\right) +\sum_{j=1}^{M}d\left(b^{j}w'_{j}\right) && \text{by g)}\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{N}\left(ca^{i}\right)w_{i} +\sum_{j=1}^{M}\left(db^{j}\right)w'_{j} && \text{by e)}\ec \end{align*}

    which is again a finite linear combination of elements of \(W\), with coefficients \(ca^{i},db^{j}\in\mathbb{K}\) by closure of the field. Hence \(cu+dv\in\gen{W}\).

So \(\gen{W}\) is a vector subspace. Note in passing that \(0_{\mathbb{V}}=0\cdot w\in\gen{W}\) by Equation (5.22), as it must be for a subspace.

Remark 5.13 ($\gen{W}$ is the smallest such subspace).

If \(\mathbb{S}\) is any vector subspace with \(W\subset\mathbb{S}\), then \(\gen{W}\subset\mathbb{S}\): applying condition 2 of Definition 5.7 repeatedly to the elements \(w_{1},\ldots,w_{N}\in W\subset\mathbb{S}\) shows that every finite linear combination of them lies in \(\mathbb{S}\). Thus \(\gen{W}\) is the intersection of all subspaces containing \(W\), which is the usual characterization of the generated subspace. The restriction to finite combinations is not a technicality that could be relaxed: an infinite sum presupposes a notion of convergence, which a bare vector space does not carry — it needs the norm of Definition 5.19 and, beyond that, completeness. This is exactly the difference between the algebraic (Hamel) basis of Definition 5.15 and the topological bases used in infinite dimensions.

Definition 5.14 (Linear independence).

A set of vectors \(\{v_i\}^{N}_{i=1}\) is linearly independent (LI) if none of them can be written as a linear combination of the remaining ones, that is, if and only if

\begin{equation} \tag{5.28} \forall\ \set{a^i}^{N}_{i=1},\quad \sum^{N}_{i=1}a^iv_i=v_j\implies a^k=0_{\mathbb{K}},\ \forall j,\ \forall k\ec \end{equation}

where \(\set{a^i}^{N}_{i=1}\subset \mathbb{K}\) is an arbitrary set of an arbitrary (but fixed) number \(N\) of scalars in \(\mathbb{K}\). Rests on Definition 5.5.

It is important to mention that Equation (5.28) is equivalent to

\begin{equation} \tag{5.29} \forall\ \set{a^i}^{N+1}_{i=1},\quad \sum^{N+1}_{i=1}a^iv_i=0_{\mathbb{V}}\implies a^k=0_{\mathbb{K}},\ \forall k\ec \end{equation}

although, since \(N\) is arbitrary, we may leave the characterization of linear independence as:

  1. \(\forall\ \set{a^i}^{N+1}_{i=1},\quad \sum^{N+1}_{i=1}a^iv_i=0_{\mathbb{V}}\implies a^k=0_{\mathbb{K}},\ \forall k\).

Definition 5.15 (Basis).

Let \(B\subset\mathbb{V}\) be a subset of vectors. We say that \(B\) is a basis of \(\mathbb{V}\) if and only if

  1. \(\gen{B}=\mathbb{V}\);

  2. \(B\) is LI.

Rests on Definitions 5.12 and 5.14.

The basis of a vector space is not unique, since:

Definition 5.16 (Dimension).

Let \(B\) be a basis of \(\mathbb{V}\), with \(\abs{B}=n\). We say that \(\mathbb{V}\) is a finite-dimensional vector space of dimension \(n\) if and only if \(n\in\N\). We say that \(\mathbb{V}\) is an infinite-dimensional vector space if and only if \(n=\infty\). Rests on Definition 5.15.

When it is prudent to specify the dimension of an \(n\)-dimensional vector space we shall denote it \(\mathbb{V}(n,\mathbb{K})\), or simply \(\mathbb{V}_n\).

Definition 5.17 (Components of a vector).

Let \(\mathbb{V}=\gen{\set{e_i}_{i=1}}\) be a vector space. Since \(\mathbb{V}\) is generated by the basis \(\set{e_i}_{i=1}\), we can write any vector \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) as a linear combination of the elements of that basis, that is,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.30} v=\sum_{i=1}v^ie_i\ep \end{equation}

We say that the quantities \(v^i\in\mathbb{K}\) are the components of the vector \(v\) with respect to the basis \(\set{e_i}_{i=1}\). Rests on Definition 5.15.

It is important to mention that the components of a vector are always basis-dependent: if we choose another basis generating \(\mathbb{V}\), the components will be different.

Inner product, norm, and metric

Inner product

Definition 5.18 (Inner product).

Consider the map

\[ \begin{array}{cccc} \braket{\ }{\ }: & \mathbb{V}\times\mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \mathbb{K}\\ & (u,v) & \longmapsto & \braket{u}{v}\ep \end{array} \]

We say that \(\braket{\ }{\ }\) defines an inner product on \(\mathbb{V}\) if and only if it satisfies the following properties:

  1. Identity of indiscernibles:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.31}\braket{v}{v}=0\iff v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \end{equation}
  2. Positive definiteness:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.32}\forall\ v\in\mathbb{V}\setminus\set{0_\mathbb{V}},\ \braket{v}{v}>0\ep \end{equation}
  3. Hermiticity:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.33}\forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \braket{u}{v}^{\ast}=\braket{v}{u}\ep \end{equation}
  4. Product by a scalar:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.34}\forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\ a\in\mathbb{K},\ \braket{u}{av}=a\braket{u}{v}\ep \end{equation}
  5. Distributivity:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.35}\forall\ u,v,w\in\mathbb{V},\ \braket{u}{v+w}=\braket{u}{v}+\braket{u}{w}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 4.33.

Given an inner product, the following properties hold as direct consequences of the axioms.

On occasion we shall call a vector space equipped with an inner product a pre-Hilbert space.

Definition 5.19 (Norm).

Consider the map

\[ \begin{array}{cccc} \norm{\ \ }: & \mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \R\\ & v & \longmapsto & \norm{v}\ep \end{array} \]

We say that the map \(\norm{\ \ }\) defines a norm on \(\mathbb{V}\) if and only if the following properties hold:

  1. Identity of indiscernibles:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.40}\norm{v}=0 \iff v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \end{equation}
  2. Product by a scalar:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.41}\forall\ v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\ a\in\mathbb{K},\ \norm{av}=\abs{a}\norm{v}\ep \end{equation}
  3. Triangle inequality:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.42}\forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \norm{u+v}\leq\norm{u}+\norm{v}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 4.33.

We say that a vector space equipped with a norm is a normed space.

The Schwarz inequality

The single inequality that the whole of the theory of inner-product spaces rests on is the following. It is used at once to prove that Equation (5.44) really defines a norm, and again in Topological and Metric Spaces for the metric axioms of \(\R^{N}\).

Proposition 5.20 (Cauchy–Schwarz inequality).

Let \(\mathbb{V}(\mathbb{K})\), with \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), be a vector space equipped with an inner product in the sense of Definition 5.18. Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.43} \abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}\leq\braket{u}{u}\braket{v}{v}\ec\qquad \forall\,u,v\in\mathbb{V}\ec \end{equation}

with equality if and only if \(u\) and \(v\) are linearly dependent. Rests on Definitions 5.14 and 5.18.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.20. If \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) both sides vanish, by Equation (5.38) on the left and Equation (5.31) on the right, and \(u\) and \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\) are linearly dependent; so assume \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), whence \(\braket{v}{v}>0\) by Equation (5.32) and we may divide by it. Put

\[ \lambda=\frac{\braket{v}{u}}{\braket{v}{v}}\in\mathbb{K}\ec\qquad w=u-\lambda v\ec \]

that is, subtract from \(u\) its component along \(v\). Expanding \(\braket{w}{w}\) by distributivity Equations (5.35) and (5.37) and the two scalar rules Equations (5.34) and (5.36),

\begin{align*} \braket{w}{w} & = \braket{u-\lambda v}{u-\lambda v}\\ & = \braket{u}{u}-\lambda\braket{u}{v} -\lambda^{\ast}\braket{v}{u} +\lambda^{\ast}\lambda\braket{v}{v}\ep \end{align*}

Now \(\braket{v}{u}=\braket{u}{v}^{\ast}\) by hermiticity Equation (5.33), and \(\braket{v}{v}\) is a positive real by Equation (5.39), so each of the last three terms is \(\abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}/\braket{v}{v}\), with signs \(-,-,+\):

\begin{align*} \braket{w}{w} & = \braket{u}{u} -\frac{\abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}}{\braket{v}{v}} -\frac{\abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}}{\braket{v}{v}} +\frac{\abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}}{\braket{v}{v}}\\ & = \braket{u}{u}-\frac{\abs{\braket{u}{v}}^{2}}{\braket{v}{v}}\ep \end{align*}

By positive definiteness Equation (5.32) together with Equation (5.31) we have \(\braket{w}{w}\geq0\), and multiplying through by \(\braket{v}{v}>0\) gives Equation (5.43).

For the equality case: the chain above shows that equality holds if and only if \(\braket{w}{w}=0\), that is — by Equation (5.31) — if and only if \(u=\lambda v\), and a pair \(\set{u,v}\) with \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) is linearly dependent precisely when \(u\) is a multiple of \(v\).

Remark 5.21 (What the proof does not need).

Only the five axioms of Definition 5.18 were used. Neither finite-dimensionality, nor a basis, nor completeness of \(\mathbb{V}\) entered anywhere, so Proposition 5.20 holds verbatim in the infinite-dimensional pre-Hilbert spaces of quantum mechanics (Hilbert Spaces). What positive definiteness buys is the division by \(\braket{v}{v}\); on a space carrying an indefinite form — the Minkowski form of Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries is the case physics meets first — the inequality fails, and in fact reverses on the timelike vectors.

Norm associated with an inner product

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\). Given an inner product \(\braket{\ }{\ }\) on \(\mathbb{V}\), we can automatically define a map that satisfies the axioms of a norm, namely

\begin{equation} \tag{5.44}\norm{v}=\sqrt{\braket{v}{v}}\ep \end{equation}

Let us prove that the map defined in Equation (5.44) is a norm.

  1. For the identity of indiscernibles:

    1. [\(\Rightarrow\))] We must prove that if

      \[ \norm{v}=\sqrt{\braket{v}{v}}=0\ec \]

      then \(v=0_\mathbb{V}\). Indeed, squaring the above equation we see that \(\braket{v}{v}=0\); hence, by axiom Equation (5.31), necessarily \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\).

    2. [\(\Leftarrow\))] We must now prove that if \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) then \(\norm{v}=0\). Since \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), by axiom Equation (5.31) necessarily \(\braket{v}{v}=0\); substituting into Equation (5.44),

      \[ \norm{v}=\sqrt{0}=0\ep \]
  2. We must prove that \(\norm{av}=\abs{a}\norm{v}\). Indeed,

    \begin{align*} \norm{av} & = \sqrt{\braket{av}{av}}\\ & = \sqrt{a^{\ast}a\braket{v}{v}} && \text{by Equations (5.34) and (5.36)}\\ & = \sqrt{\abs{a}^2\braket{v}{v}}\\ & = \abs{a}\sqrt{\braket{v}{v}}\\ & = \abs{a}\norm{v}\ep \end{align*}
  3. It remains to prove that this norm satisfies the triangle inequality. This is the one step that is not immediate from the axioms of the inner product, and it is where Proposition 5.20 is needed. Since both sides of Equation (5.42) are non-negative reals, it is equivalent — and easier — to compare their squares. Expanding by distributivity Equations (5.35) and (5.37),

    \begin{align*} \norm{u+v}^{2} & = \braket{u+v}{u+v}\\ & = \braket{u}{u}+\braket{u}{v}+\braket{v}{u}+\braket{v}{v}\\ & = \norm{u}^{2}+\braket{u}{v}+\braket{u}{v}^{\ast}+\norm{v}^{2} && \text{by Equation (5.33)}\\ & = \norm{u}^{2}+2\operatorname{Re}\braket{u}{v}+\norm{v}^{2}\ec \end{align*}

    the cross terms having combined into twice a real part because a complex number added to its conjugate is twice its real part. Now \(\operatorname{Re}z\leq\abs{z}\) for any \(z\in\C\), and Equation (5.43) bounds \(\abs{\braket{u}{v}}\) by \(\norm{u}\norm{v}\), so

    \begin{align*} \norm{u+v}^{2} & \leq \norm{u}^{2}+2\abs{\braket{u}{v}}+\norm{v}^{2}\\ & \leq \norm{u}^{2}+2\norm{u}\norm{v}+\norm{v}^{2} && \text{by Equation (5.43)}\\ & = \left(\norm{u}+\norm{v}\right)^{2}\ep \end{align*}

    Taking the (non-negative) square root of both sides preserves the inequality, and Equation (5.42) follows. Equality demands equality in both steps: \(\braket{u}{v}\) real and non-negative, and \(u,v\) linearly dependent — that is, \(u\) and \(v\) must be non-negative multiples of one another, the vectors “pointing the same way”, which is the geometric content of the triangle inequality degenerating into an equality.

Metric associated with a norm

Definition 5.22 (Metric associated with a norm).

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\). Given a norm \(\norm{\ \ }\) defined on \(\mathbb{V}\), the associated distance is the map

\begin{equation} \tag{5.45}d(u,v)=\norm{u-v}\ep \end{equation}

That it satisfies the axioms of a metric (Definition 6.24) is verified immediately below. Rests on Definitions 5.19 and 6.24.

Let us prove that the map defined by Equation (5.45) really satisfies the three axioms of Definition 6.24, in their order.

  1. Positivity and the identity of indiscernibles Equation (6.7). The first half is not an axiom of Definition 5.19 and has to be derived: for any \(w\in\mathbb{V}\),

    \begin{align*} 0 & = \norm{0_{\mathbb{V}}} && \text{by Equation (5.40)}\\ & = \norm{w+(-w)}\\ & \leq \norm{w}+\norm{-w} && \text{by Equation (5.42)}\\ & = \norm{w}+\abs{-1}\norm{w} && \text{by Equation (5.41)}\\ & = 2\norm{w}\ec \end{align*}

    so \(\norm{w}\geq0\), and with \(w=u-v\) this is \(d(u,v)\geq0\). The second half is Equation (5.40) read on \(w=u-v\):

    \[ d(u,v)=0\iff\norm{u-v}=0\iff u-v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\iff u=v\ec \]

    the last step because \(\mathbb{V}\) is a group under addition. In particular \(d(v,v)=\norm{0_{\mathbb{V}}}=0\).

  2. Symmetry Equation (6.8). We have

    \begin{align*} d(u,v) & = \norm{u-v}\\ & = \norm{-(v-u)}\\ & = \abs{-1}\norm{v-u} && \text{by Equation (5.41)}\\ & = \norm{v-u}\\ & = d(v,u)\ec \end{align*}

    so symmetry holds.

  3. The triangle inequality Equation (6.9). Finally, we must prove that the triangle inequality holds for the metric we have defined. We have

    \begin{align*} d(u,v) & = \norm{u-v}\\ & = \norm{u-w+w-v}\\ & \leq \norm{u-w}+\norm{w-v} && \text{by Equation (5.42)}\\ & = d(u,w)+d(w,v)\ec \end{align*}

    so the triangle inequality is indeed satisfied.

Remark 5.23 (On the inner product, the norm, and the metric).

Note the following. Given a vector space equipped with an inner product, we can always define a norm associated with that inner product, and therefore we can always define a metric associated with that norm. This is a direct consequence of the axioms we have laid down for those maps. Even so, one could define an inner product, a norm, and a metric separately, that is, not associated with one another.

The axioms defined for an inner product, a norm, and a metric are motivated when these maps are indeed associated. For example, the inner product must be positive definite because otherwise the associated norm (defined in Equation (5.44)) could be imaginary, and the triangle inequality Equation (5.42) would then be meaningless, since imaginary numbers are neither smaller nor greater than one another.

The norm defined in Equation (5.44) is consistent because, by property Equation (5.39), the inner product of a vector with itself is always a real number; hence the square root in Equation (5.44) is always real as well.

Orthogonal bases

Definition 5.24 (Orthogonal vectors).

Consider a vector space equipped with an inner product. We say that two vectors \(u,v\in\mathbb{V}\) are orthogonal if and only if their inner product vanishes, that is, if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.46} \braket{u}{v}=0\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.18.

Definition 5.25 (Unit vector).

Consider a vector space equipped with a norm. We say that a vector \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) is normalized, or is a unit vector, if and only if its norm is one, that is, if \(\norm{v}=1\). Rests on Definition 5.19.

Definition 5.26 (Orthogonal basis).

Consider a vector space equipped with an inner product, generated by the basis \(\set{e_i}_{i=1}\). We say that the basis is orthogonal if and only if all its elements are mutually orthogonal, that is, if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.47} \braket{e_i}{e_j}=a\,\delta_{ij},\ \forall\,i, j\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 5.15 and 5.24.

Definition 5.27 (Orthonormal basis).

Consider a vector space equipped with an inner product and a norm (not necessarily the associated one). We say that the basis is orthonormal if and only if it is orthogonal and, in addition, all its elements are unit vectors, that is, if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.48} \norm{e_i}=1,\ \forall\,i\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 5.25 and 5.26.

If we consider the norm associated with the inner product, defined in Equation (5.44), it is clear that the orthonormality condition is given by the expression

\begin{equation}\tag{5.49} \braket{e_i}{e_j}=\delta_{ij},\ \forall\,i, j\ep \end{equation}

The Gram–Schmidt orthogonalization process

An orthonormal basis is so much more convenient than a general one that it is worth knowing that every finite-dimensional inner-product space has one. The construction is due to Gram [Gram:1883] and Schmidt [Schmidt:1907], and it is completely explicit: it turns a basis into an orthonormal basis one vector at a time, at each step subtracting from the next vector its components along the vectors already orthonormalized.

Proposition 5.28 (Gram–Schmidt).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space with an inner product and let \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{n}}\) be a linearly independent set. Then there exists an orthonormal set \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{n}}\) with

\begin{equation}\tag{5.50} \gen{\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{k}}}=\gen{\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{k}}}\ec\qquad k=1,\ldots,n\ep \end{equation}

In particular every finite-dimensional inner-product space, and every finite-dimensional subspace of an inner-product space, possesses an orthonormal basis. Rests on Definition 5.18, Definition 5.14, Definition 5.27 and Equation (5.44).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.28. By induction on \(k\). For \(k=1\): \(v_{1}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by linear independence, so \(\norm{v_{1}}>0\) by Equations (5.32) and (5.44), and \(e_{1}=v_{1}/\norm{v_{1}}\) is a unit vector generating the same line, by Equation (5.41).

Suppose \(e_{1},\ldots,e_{k-1}\) have been constructed, orthonormal and satisfying Equation (5.50). Put

\begin{equation}\tag{5.51} \tilde{e}_{k}=v_{k}-\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\braket{e_{i}}{v_{k}}\,e_{i}\ec \qquad e_{k}=\frac{\tilde{e}_{k}}{\norm{\tilde{e}_{k}}}\ep \end{equation}

The subtraction is legitimate — \(\tilde{e}_{k}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) — because otherwise \(v_{k}\) would lie in \(\gen{\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{k-1}}}=\gen{\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{k-1}}}\), contradicting linear independence. For \(j<k\),

\begin{align*} \braket{e_{j}}{\tilde{e}_{k}} & = \braket{e_{j}}{v_{k}} -\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\braket{e_{i}}{v_{k}}\braket{e_{j}}{e_{i}} && \text{by Equations (5.34) and (5.35)}\\ & = \braket{e_{j}}{v_{k}} -\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\braket{e_{i}}{v_{k}}\,\delta_{ji} && \text{by Equation (5.49)}\\ & = \braket{e_{j}}{v_{k}}-\braket{e_{j}}{v_{k}}\\ & = 0\ec \end{align*}

so \(e_{k}\) is orthogonal to all its predecessors and, by construction, a unit vector. Equation (5.50) holds at step \(k\) because Equation (5.51) expresses \(e_{k}\) in terms of \(v_{k},e_{1},\ldots,e_{k-1}\) and, read backwards, expresses \(v_{k}\) in terms of \(e_{k},\ldots,e_{1}\); each generated subspace therefore contains the other.

Corollary 5.29 (Orthogonal decomposition).

Let \(\mathbb{S}\leq\mathbb{V}\) be a finite-dimensional subspace of an inner-product space and let

\begin{equation}\tag{5.52} \mathbb{S}^{\perp}=\set{w\in\mathbb{V}\mid\braket{s}{w}=0,\ \forall\,s\in\mathbb{S}} \end{equation}

be its orthogonal complement. Then \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is a subspace and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.53} \mathbb{V}=\mathbb{S}\oplus\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Proposition 5.28, Definition 5.18 and Definition 5.7.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.29. \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is a subspace because \(\braket{s}{aw_{1}+bw_{2}}=a\braket{s}{w_{1}}+b\braket{s}{w_{2}}=0\) by Equations (5.34) and (5.35), and it is non-empty (\(0_{\mathbb{V}}\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) by Equation (5.38)). Let \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{m}}\) be an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{S}\), which exists by Proposition 5.28, and for \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) define

\[ P v=\sum_{i=1}^{m}\braket{e_{i}}{v}\,e_{i}\in\mathbb{S}\ep \]

The computation just performed in Proposition 5.28 shows \(\braket{e_{j}}{v-Pv}=0\) for every \(j\), hence \(v-Pv\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), so \(v=Pv+(v-Pv)\) exhibits \(\mathbb{V}\) as a sum. The sum is direct: if \(s\in\mathbb{S}\cap\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) then \(\braket{s}{s}=0\), so \(s=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by Equation (5.31).

Remark 5.30 (Where the finiteness is needed).

The recursion Equation (5.51) is finite at every step, so Proposition 5.28 applies verbatim to a countable linearly independent family and produces a countable orthonormal family. What does not survive to infinite dimension is Equation (5.53) for an arbitrary subspace: the projection \(P\) is then an infinite sum, which needs convergence, and the decomposition holds for closed subspaces of a complete inner-product space — a Hilbert space, Definition 12.2. The projection theorem that says so is not proved in this treatise: it is reserved for Section 12.2.1, where it belongs. Every use made of Corollary 5.29 in this chapter is in finite dimension, where no such caveat arises.

The Gram matrix

Gram–Schmidt answers whether an orthonormal basis exists. The companion question — whether a given family is independent at all — has an answer in the same terms, and it is the form in which independence is usually tested in practice, because it replaces a statement about vanishing linear combinations by the definiteness of a single matrix assembled from inner products.

Proposition 5.31 (Gram criterion).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a real vector space with an inner product and let \(v_{1},\ldots,v_{m}\in\mathbb{V}\). Their Gram matrix

\begin{equation}\tag{5.54} G_{kl}=\braket{v_{k}}{v_{l}}\ec\qquad k,l=1,\ldots,m\ec \end{equation}

is symmetric and positive semi-definite, and the following three conditions are equivalent: the family \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{m}}\) is linearly independent; \(G\) is positive definite; \(\det G\neq0\). Rests on Definition 5.18, Definition 5.14 and Proposition 5.49.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.31. Symmetry is Equation (5.33), the conjugation being the identity on \(\R\). For \(c=(c^{1},\ldots,c^{m})\in\R^{m}\) put \(w=\sum_{k=1}^{m}c^{k}v_{k}\); expanding by Equations (5.34), (5.35), (5.36) and (5.37),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.55} \sum_{k,l=1}^{m}c^{k}G_{kl}c^{l}=\braket{w}{w}\geq0 \end{equation}

by Equation (5.32), which is positive semi-definiteness; and by Equation (5.31) the value vanishes exactly when \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\).

If the family is independent, \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) forces \(c=0\), so Equation (5.55) is strictly positive for every \(c\neq0\) and \(G\) is positive definite. If it is dependent, some \(c\neq0\) gives \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) and the quadratic form vanishes there, so \(G\) is not positive definite. For the third condition: if \(G\) is positive definite and \(Gc=0\), then Equation (5.55) vanishes at \(c\), hence \(c=0\), so the array is injective and \(\det G\neq0\) by Proposition 5.49 and Equation (5.81). Conversely, if \(G\) is not positive definite there is a \(c\neq0\) with \(\braket{w}{w}=0\), hence \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), hence \(\sum_{l}G_{kl}c^{l}=\braket{v_{k}}{w}=0\) for every \(k\); so \(Gc=0\) with \(c\neq0\) and \(\det G=0\).

Vector algebra in three dimensions

Physical space is \(\R^{3}\) carrying the inner product of Definition 5.18 — the \(3+0\) instantiation of Example 5.118. Its vector algebra is used in every physical part of this treatise, and the handful of identities that carry all of it are collected and proved here. Throughout this subsection the basis is orthonormal and fixed, components are written with subscripts, and a repeated index is summed over \(1,2,3\).

Definition 5.32 (Levi–Civita symbol; cross product).

The Levi–Civita symbol is the array of \(27\) numbers

\begin{equation}\tag{5.56} \varepsilon_{ijk}=\begin{cases} +1 & \text{if }(i,j,k)\text{ is an even permutation of }(1,2,3)\ec\\ -1 & \text{if it is an odd one}\ec\\ 0 & \text{if two of }i,j,k\text{ are equal}\ep \end{cases} \end{equation}

It changes sign under the exchange of any two of its indices and is therefore unchanged under a cyclic permutation of them. The cross product of \(u,v\in\R^{3}\) is the element of \(\R^{3}\) with components

\begin{equation}\tag{5.57} \left(u\times v\right)_{i}=\varepsilon_{ijk}u_{j}v_{k}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 4.48, 5.18 and 5.27.

Lemma 5.33 (Determinant through the Levi–Civita symbol).

For every real \(3\times3\) array \(a\) with entries \(a_{ij}\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.58} \varepsilon_{ijk}\,a_{il}a_{jm}a_{kn}=\varepsilon_{lmn}\det a =\varepsilon_{ijk}\,a_{li}a_{mj}a_{nk}\ec \end{equation}

and in particular \(\det a\transpose=\det a\). Consequently, for a real array \(R\) with \(R\transpose R=\identity\) — an orthogonal array in the sense of Equation (5.161)

\begin{equation}\tag{5.59} R_{ia}R_{jb}R_{kc}\,\varepsilon_{abc} =\left(\det R\right)\varepsilon_{ijk}\ec \end{equation}

so that the symbol is unchanged when \(\det R=1\) and merely changes sign when \(\det R=-1\). Rests on Definition 5.32 and Equation (5.19).

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.33. Write \(L_{lmn}=\varepsilon_{ijk}a_{il}a_{jm}a_{kn}\). Exchanging two of \(l,m,n\) exchanges two of the three factors; relabelling the summed indices to put the factors back in order exchanges two indices of \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\) and so costs a sign. Hence \(L\) is totally antisymmetric in \((l,m,n)\): it vanishes whenever two of them are equal, and on the six remaining index triples it is \(L_{lmn}=\varepsilon_{lmn}L_{123}\). Finally

\[ L_{123}=\varepsilon_{ijk}a_{i1}a_{j2}a_{k3} =\sum_{\sigma}\sgn(\sigma)\,a_{\sigma(1)1}a_{\sigma(2)2}a_{\sigma(3)3} =\det a \]

by Equation (5.19), the surviving terms of the sum over \(i,j,k\) being exactly those in which \((i,j,k)\) is a permutation of \((1,2,3)\), with \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\) its sign.

That \(\det a\transpose=\det a\) is Equation (5.19) reindexed by \(\sigma\longmapsto\sigma^{-1}\), a bijection of the permutations which preserves the sign and turns \(\prod_{j}a_{\sigma(j)j}\) into \(\prod_{j}a_{j\sigma(j)}\). The second equality of Equation (5.58) is therefore the first one applied to \(a\transpose\). Equation (5.59) is that second equality with \(a=R\), after renaming the summed indices \(i,j,k\) to \(a,b,c\) and the free indices \(l,m,n\) to \(i,j,k\); and \(\det R=\pm1\) because \(\left(\det R\right)^{2}=\det\left(R\transpose R\right)=1\).

Lemma 5.34 (Contraction of two Levi–Civita symbols).

For all \(j,k,l,m\in\set{1,2,3}\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.60} \sum_{i=1}^{3}\varepsilon_{ijk}\varepsilon_{ilm} =\delta_{jl}\delta_{km}-\delta_{jm}\delta_{kl}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.32.

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.34. If \(j=k\) both sides vanish: the left because \(\varepsilon_{ijk}=0\), the right because it becomes \(\delta_{jl}\delta_{jm}-\delta_{jm}\delta_{jl}\). The same argument disposes of \(l=m\). So let \(j\neq k\) and \(l\neq m\).

A term of the sum is non-zero only if \(i\notin\set{j,k}\) and \(i\notin\set{l,m}\). Since \(\set{j,k}\) has two elements and \(i\) ranges over three values, exactly one \(i\) meets the first condition, so the sum has at most one non-zero term. Both \(\set{j,k}\) and \(\set{l,m}\) are two-element subsets of \(\set{1,2,3}\); if they are different they share exactly one element, and the value missing from \(\set{j,k}\) then lies in \(\set{l,m}\), so the surviving term is killed by its second factor and the sum vanishes. The right-hand side vanishes too, since \((l,m)\) is then neither \((j,k)\) nor \((k,j)\) and neither product of deltas can be \(1\).

There remain the two cases \(\set{l,m}=\set{j,k}\). If \((l,m)=(j,k)\) the surviving term is \(\left(\varepsilon_{ijk}\right)^{2}=1\) and the right side is \(\delta_{jj}\delta_{kk}-\delta_{jk}\delta_{kj}=1-0=1\). If \((l,m)=(k,j)\) the term is \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\varepsilon_{ikj}=-1\) and the right side is \(\delta_{jk}\delta_{kj}-\delta_{jj}\delta_{kk}=-1\).

Proposition 5.35 (The identities of the vector algebra of $\R^{3}$).

For all \(u,v,w\in\R^{3}\):

  1. Antisymmetry and orthogonality. \(u\times v=-v\times u\), and \(\braket{u}{u\times v}=\braket{v}{u\times v}=0\).

  2. Scalar triple product.

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.61} \braket{u}{v\times w}=\varepsilon_{ijk}u_{i}v_{j}w_{k} =\det\begin{pmatrix} u_{1} & u_{2} & u_{3}\\ v_{1} & v_{2} & v_{3}\\ w_{1} & w_{2} & w_{3}\end{pmatrix}\ec \end{equation}

    which is therefore unchanged by a cyclic permutation of \(u,v,w\) and changes sign under the exchange of any two of them.

  3. Expansion of a double cross product.

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.62} u\times\left(v\times w\right) =v\braket{u}{w}-w\braket{u}{v}\ep \end{equation}
  4. Lagrange's identity.

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.63} \norm{u\times v}^{2} =\norm{u}^{2}\norm{v}^{2}-\braket{u}{v}^{2}\ec \end{equation}

    so that \(\norm{u\times v}=\norm{u}\norm{v}\sin{\theta}\) with \(\theta\) the angle Equation (5.18) between \(u\) and \(v\); that is, the length of \(u\times v\) is the area of the parallelogram they span.

  5. Behaviour under an orthogonal change of basis. If \(R\transpose R=\identity\) then

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.64} \left(Ru\right)\times\left(Rv\right) =\left(\det R\right)R\left(u\times v\right)\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Lemma 5.34, Lemma 5.33 and Equation (5.18).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.35. 1. \(\left(v\times u\right)_{i}=\varepsilon_{ijk}v_{j}u_{k} =\varepsilon_{ikj}v_{k}u_{j}=-\varepsilon_{ijk}u_{j}v_{k}\), the middle step being a relabelling of the two summed indices and the last the antisymmetry of Equation (5.56). For the orthogonality, \(\braket{u}{u\times v}=\varepsilon_{ijk}u_{i}u_{j}v_{k}\) vanishes because \(u_{i}u_{j}\) is unchanged and \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\) changes sign when \(i\) and \(j\) are exchanged, so the sum equals minus itself; and \(\braket{v}{u\times v}\) vanishes by the same argument on \(j\) and \(k\) after using part 1's antisymmetry.

2. The first equality is Equation (5.57) paired with \(u\). For the second, apply the second equality of Equation (5.58) at \((l,m,n)=(1,2,3)\) to the array \(a\) whose rows are \(u,v,w\): it gives \(\varepsilon_{ijk}a_{1i}a_{2j}a_{3k}=\varepsilon_{123}\det a=\det a\). The stated symmetries are those of \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\).

3. Using Equation (5.57) twice, then the cyclic symmetry \(\varepsilon_{ijk}=\varepsilon_{kij}\) and Equation (5.60),

\begin{align*} \left[u\times\left(v\times w\right)\right]_{i} & = \varepsilon_{ijk}u_{j}\varepsilon_{klm}v_{l}w_{m}\\ & = \left(\varepsilon_{kij}\varepsilon_{klm}\right)u_{j}v_{l}w_{m}\\ & = \left(\delta_{il}\delta_{jm}-\delta_{im}\delta_{jl}\right) u_{j}v_{l}w_{m}\\ & = v_{i}\,u_{j}w_{j}-w_{i}\,u_{j}v_{j}\ec \end{align*}

which is Equation (5.62).

4. By Equation (5.57) and Equation (5.60),

\begin{align*} \norm{u\times v}^{2} & = \left(\varepsilon_{ijk}u_{j}v_{k}\right) \left(\varepsilon_{ilm}u_{l}v_{m}\right)\\ & = \left(\delta_{jl}\delta_{km}-\delta_{jm}\delta_{kl}\right) u_{j}v_{k}u_{l}v_{m}\\ & = u_{j}u_{j}\,v_{k}v_{k}-\left(u_{j}v_{j}\right)^{2}\ec \end{align*}

which is Equation (5.63). Substituting Equation (5.18) turns the right-hand side into \(\norm{u}^{2}\norm{v}^{2}\left(1-\cos^{2}{\theta}\right)\), and \(\sin{\theta}\geq0\) on \([0,\pi]\); the parallelogram spanned by \(u\) and \(v\) has base \(\norm{v}\) and altitude \(\norm{u}\sin{\theta}\), the altitude computed in Section 5.1.5.

5. Multiply the first equality of Equation (5.58), taken with \(a=R\), by \(R_{dl}\) and sum over \(l\). On the left the two factors carrying \(l\) contract to \(\sum_{l}R_{il}R_{dl}=\delta_{id}\), which is \(R\transpose R=\identity\) read for \(RR\transpose\) — the two are the same statement in finite dimension, by Proposition 5.49. There results

\[ \varepsilon_{djk}R_{jm}R_{kn} =\left(\det R\right)R_{dl}\,\varepsilon_{lmn}\ep \]

Contracting this with \(u_{m}v_{n}\) and using Equation (5.57) twice gives \(\left[\left(Ru\right)\times\left(Rv\right)\right]_{d} =\left(\det R\right)R_{dl}\left(u\times v\right)_{l}\), which is Equation (5.64).

Remark 5.36 (Why the cross product is not a vector).

Equation (5.64) is the whole content of the word pseudo-vector. Under a rotation, \(\det R=1\), the cross product transforms exactly as a vector does; under a reflection, \(\det R=-1\), it acquires an extra sign, so it is not a vector in the sense of a quantity whose components transform by \(R\) under every orthogonal change of basis. Equivalently, Equation (5.57) depends on which of the two orientations of \(\R^{3}\) was fixed with the basis. Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature recovers the same object intrinsically, as the dual Equation (13.224) of the antisymmetric part of a tensor product, which is what makes its transformation law manifest; the identities above are its algebra, and they are established here once for all the physical parts that use them.

Linear transformations

Linear transformations

Definition 5.37 (Linear transformation).

Consider two vector spaces \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\), together with a map \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\). We say that the map \(T\) is a linear map, application, operator, or transformation (LT) if and only if

  1. \(\forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ T(u+v)=T(u)+T(v)\);

  2. \(\forall\ v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\,a\in\mathbb{K},\ T(av)=aT(v)\).

Rests on Definition 4.33.

Clearly we can unify the above axioms into

  1. \(\forall\ u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\,a,b\in\mathbb{K},\ T(au+bv)=aT(u)+bT(v)\).

Let us denote by \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\) the set of all linear transformations from \(\mathbb{V}\) to \(\mathbb{W}\). Obviously

\[ \mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\subset \mathcal{F}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\ep \]

The fundamental theorem of linear algebra

The name is traditionally given to two statements about one linear transformation: that its domain splits into the part it annihilates and a part it maps faithfully onto its image — the rank–nullity relation — and that the four subspaces attached to \(T\) and to its adjoint fit together in two orthogonal pairs. Both are proved below. A preliminary is needed first, and it is one the chapter has so far used without stating: that Definition 5.16 is unambiguous, because all bases of a finite-dimensional space have the same number of elements.

Lemma 5.38 (Exchange and completion).

Let \(\mathbb{V}=\gen{\set{w_{1},\ldots,w_{m}}}\) and let \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{k}}\subset\mathbb{V}\) be linearly independent. Then \(k\leq m\), and \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{k}}\) can be completed to a basis of \(\mathbb{V}\) by adjoining vectors taken from \(\set{w_{1},\ldots,w_{m}}\). Consequently any two bases of a finite-dimensional vector space have the same number of elements, and Definition 5.16 is well posed. Rests on Definitions 5.12, 5.14 and 5.15.

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.38. Exchange. We show by induction on \(j=0,1,\ldots,k\) that, after a renumbering of the \(w\)'s,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.65} \gen{\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{j},w_{j+1},\ldots,w_{m}}}=\mathbb{V}\ec \end{equation}

and in particular that \(j\leq m\). For \(j=0\) this is the hypothesis. Assume Equation (5.65) for \(j-1\), with \(j\leq k\). Then \(v_{j}\) is a finite linear combination

\[ v_{j}=\sum_{i<j}a^{i}v_{i}+\sum_{l\geq j}b^{l}w_{l}\ep \]

Not every \(b^{l}\) can vanish: otherwise \(v_{j}\) would be a linear combination of \(v_{1},\ldots,v_{j-1}\), which Definition 5.14 forbids. In particular the second sum is not empty, so \(j\leq m\). Renumber the remaining \(w\)'s so that \(b^{j}\neq0\) and solve:

\[ w_{j}=\frac{1}{b^{j}}\left(v_{j}-\sum_{i<j}a^{i}v_{i} -\sum_{l>j}b^{l}w_{l}\right)\ec \]

which places \(w_{j}\) in \(\gen{\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{j},w_{j+1},\ldots,w_{m}}}\). That set therefore generates everything the set of the previous step generated, namely \(\mathbb{V}\), which is Equation (5.65) at \(j\). Taking \(j=k\) gives \(k\leq m\).

Equal cardinality. If \(B\) and \(B'\) are two bases, each is independent and each generates, so the exchange applied twice gives \(\abs{B}\leq\abs{B'}\) and \(\abs{B'}\leq\abs{B}\).

Completion. Take \(j=k\) in Equation (5.65): the set \(G=\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{k},w_{k+1},\ldots,w_{m}}\) generates \(\mathbb{V}\). If it is not linearly independent, some vanishing linear combination of its elements has a non-zero coefficient; that coefficient cannot belong only to the \(v\)'s, which are independent, so it may be taken to belong to some \(w_{l}\). Solving for that \(w_{l}\) expresses it through the others, so deleting it leaves a set that still generates \(\mathbb{V}\). Repeating terminates, \(G\) being finite, and leaves a generating, linearly independent set containing every \(v_{i}\) — a basis in the sense of Definition 5.15.

Definition 5.39 (Kernel, image, nullity, rank).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation. Its kernel and image are

\begin{align} \ker T & = \set{v\in\mathbb{V}\mid T(v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}}\ec \tag{5.66}\\ \im T & = \set{w\in\mathbb{W}\mid\exists\,v\in\mathbb{V},\ w=T(v)}\ec \tag{5.67} \end{align}

subspaces of \(\mathbb{V}\) and of \(\mathbb{W}\) respectively. The nullity of \(T\) is \(\dim{\ker T}\) and its rank is \(\dim{\im T}\). Rests on Definitions 5.7 and 5.37.

Derivation. Derives Definition 5.39. That the two sets are subspaces is the content asserted, and it is one line each. Both are non-empty, containing \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\) and \(0_{\mathbb{W}}\) respectively, since \(T(0_{\mathbb{V}})=T(0\cdot 0_{\mathbb{V}})=0\,T(0_{\mathbb{V}})=0_{\mathbb{W}}\) by Equation (5.22). If \(u,v\in\ker T\) and \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\) then \(T(au+bv)=aT(u)+bT(v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\); and if \(w=T(u)\), \(z=T(v)\) lie in \(\im T\) then \(aw+bz=T(au+bv)\in\im T\). Both verify Definition 5.7.

Theorem 5.40 (Rank–nullity).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation with \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\). Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.68} \dim{\mathbb{V}}=\dim{\ker T}+\dim{\im T}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.39, Lemma 5.38 and Definition 5.15.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.40. \(\ker T\) is a subspace of a space of dimension \(n\), so by Lemma 5.38 it has a finite basis \(\set{u_{1},\ldots,u_{k}}\) with \(k\leq n\), and that independent set completes to a basis \(\set{u_{1},\ldots,u_{k},x_{1},\ldots,x_{n-k}}\) of \(\mathbb{V}\). We claim that \(\set{T(x_{1}),\ldots,T(x_{n-k})}\) is a basis of \(\im T\).

It generates. Any element of \(\im T\) is \(T(v)\) for some \(v=\sum_{i}a^{i}u_{i}+\sum_{j}b^{j}x_{j}\), and linearity together with \(T(u_{i})=0_{\mathbb{W}}\) gives \(T(v)=\sum_{j}b^{j}T(x_{j})\).

It is independent. Suppose \(\sum_{j}c^{j}T(x_{j})=0_{\mathbb{W}}\). Then \(T\left(\sum_{j}c^{j}x_{j}\right)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\), so \(\sum_{j}c^{j}x_{j}\in\ker T\) and therefore \(\sum_{j}c^{j}x_{j}=\sum_{i}d^{i}u_{i}\) for some scalars \(d^{i}\). That is a vanishing linear combination of the completed basis, so every coefficient vanishes by Equation (5.29); in particular every \(c^{j}=0\).

Hence \(\dim{\im T}=n-k=n-\dim{\ker T}\), which is Equation (5.68).

The adjoint and the four fundamental subspaces

The second half of the theorem needs an inner product on each of the two spaces, and with it the transformation that mirrors \(T\) on the other side of the bracket.

Definition 5.41 (Adjoint).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be finite-dimensional inner-product spaces over \(\mathbb{K}\) and let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be linear. A map \(T^{\dagger}:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) is an adjoint of \(T\) if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.69} \braket{T^{\dagger}w}{v}=\braket{w}{Tv}\ec\qquad \forall\,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\,w\in\mathbb{W}\ec \end{equation}

the left-hand bracket being that of \(\mathbb{V}\) and the right-hand one that of \(\mathbb{W}\). An operator \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) with \(T^{\dagger}=T\) is called self-adjoint, or hermitian. Rests on Definitions 5.18 and 5.37.

Proposition 5.42 (The adjoint exists, is unique, and is linear).

Under the hypotheses of Definition 5.41 the adjoint exists, is unique, and is itself a linear transformation. In orthonormal bases of \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) its matrix is the conjugate transpose of the matrix of \(T\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.70} \left[T^{\dagger}\right]=\left[T\right]^{\dagger}\ec\qquad \left(T^{\dagger}\right)^{i}_{\ j} =\left(T^{j}_{\ i}\right)^{\ast}\ec \end{equation}

and \(\left(T^{\dagger}\right)^{\dagger}=T\). Rests on Definition 5.41, Proposition 5.28 and Equation (5.74).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.42. Uniqueness. If \(S\) and \(S'\) both satisfy Equation (5.69), then \(\braket{Sw-S'w}{v}=0\) for every \(v\) by Equation (5.37); taking \(v=Sw-S'w\) and using Equation (5.31) gives \(Sw=S'w\) for every \(w\).

Existence. By Proposition 5.28 choose orthonormal bases \(\set{e_{i}}\) of \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\set{f_{j}}\) of \(\mathbb{W}\), so that Equation (5.49) holds in each. Define \(T^{\dagger}\) on the basis of \(\mathbb{W}\) by

\[ T^{\dagger}f_{j}=\sum_{i}\left(T^{j}_{\ i}\right)^{\ast}e_{i}\ec \]

and extend by linearity, which is legitimate by the uniqueness of components used in Proposition 5.45. The map so defined is linear by construction, so both sides of Equation (5.69) are antilinear in \(w\) and linear in \(v\), and it suffices to check the identity on basis vectors:

\begin{align*} \braket{T^{\dagger}f_{j}}{e_{k}} & = \sum_{i}\left(\left(T^{j}_{\ i}\right)^{\ast}\right)^{\ast} \braket{e_{i}}{e_{k}} && \text{by Equation (5.36)}\\ & = T^{j}_{\ k}\ec\\ \braket{f_{j}}{Te_{k}} & = \sum_{l}T^{l}_{\ k}\braket{f_{j}}{f_{l}} && \text{by Equations (5.34) and (5.74)}\\ & = T^{j}_{\ k}\ec \end{align*}

so the two agree. This also establishes Equation (5.70).

Linearity is forced, not assumed. Whatever map satisfies Equation (5.69) is linear, so nothing was lost by building a linear one: for \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\) and \(w,z\in\mathbb{W}\),

\begin{align*} \braket{T^{\dagger}\left(aw+bz\right)}{v} & = \braket{aw+bz}{Tv}\\ & = a^{\ast}\braket{w}{Tv}+b^{\ast}\braket{z}{Tv} && \text{by Equations (5.36) and (5.37)}\\ & = \braket{aT^{\dagger}w+bT^{\dagger}z}{v}\ec \end{align*}

for every \(v\), and the uniqueness argument above forces the two arguments to coincide.

Involutivity. For all \(v,w\), \(\braket{\left(T^{\dagger}\right)^{\dagger}v}{w} =\braket{v}{T^{\dagger}w}=\braket{T^{\dagger}w}{v}^{\ast} =\braket{w}{Tv}^{\ast}=\braket{Tv}{w}\), using Equation (5.33) twice, so \(\left(T^{\dagger}\right)^{\dagger}=T\).

Theorem 5.43 (The four fundamental subspaces).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation between finite-dimensional inner-product spaces. Then

\begin{align} \left(\im T\right)^{\perp} & = \ker T^{\dagger}\ec \tag{5.71}\\ \left(\ker T\right)^{\perp} & = \im T^{\dagger}\ec \tag{5.72} \end{align}

so that each space splits orthogonally,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.73} \mathbb{W}=\im T\oplus\ker T^{\dagger}\ec\qquad \mathbb{V}=\ker T\oplus\im T^{\dagger}\ec \end{equation}

and \(T\) and \(T^{\dagger}\) have the same rank. Rests on Definition 5.41, Theorem 5.40 and Corollary 5.29.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.43. A preliminary: \(\left(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\right)^{\perp}=\mathbb{S}\) for a subspace \(\mathbb{S}\) of a finite-dimensional inner-product space. The inclusion \(\mathbb{S}\subset\left(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\right)^{\perp}\) is immediate from Equation (5.52) and the hermiticity Equation (5.33). Conversely let \(v\in\left(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\right)^{\perp}\) and split \(v=s+w\) with \(s\in\mathbb{S}\), \(w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), which Corollary 5.29 permits. Then \(w=v-s\in\left(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\right)^{\perp}\), being a difference of two of its elements, while also \(w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\); hence \(\braket{w}{w}=0\) and \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by Equation (5.31), so \(v=s\in\mathbb{S}\).

Equation (5.71). By Equation (5.52), \(w\in\left(\im T\right)^{\perp}\) means \(\braket{Tv}{w}=0\) for every \(v\in\mathbb{V}\). Now

\[ \braket{Tv}{w}=\braket{w}{Tv}^{\ast} =\braket{T^{\dagger}w}{v}^{\ast}=\braket{v}{T^{\dagger}w}\ec \]

using Equation (5.33) and Equation (5.69), so the condition reads \(\braket{v}{T^{\dagger}w}=0\) for every \(v\); taking \(v=T^{\dagger}w\) and using Equation (5.31) this holds exactly when \(T^{\dagger}w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), that is, when \(w\in\ker T^{\dagger}\).

Equation (5.72). Apply Equation (5.71) to \(T^{\dagger}\) in place of \(T\), which is legitimate because \(\left(T^{\dagger}\right)^{\dagger}=T\) by Proposition 5.42: it gives \(\left(\im T^{\dagger}\right)^{\perp}=\ker T\). Taking the orthogonal complement of both sides and using the preliminary yields \(\im T^{\dagger}=\left(\ker T\right)^{\perp}\).

The splittings and the ranks. Equation (5.73) is Corollary 5.29 applied to \(\im T\leq\mathbb{W}\) and to \(\ker T\leq\mathbb{V}\), rewritten through Equations (5.71) and (5.72). Finally, the second splitting gives \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=\dim{\ker T}+\dim{\im T^{\dagger}}\), whereas Equation (5.68) gives \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=\dim{\ker T}+\dim{\im T}\); subtracting, \(\dim{\im T}=\dim{\im T^{\dagger}}\).

Remark 5.44 (Two daggers, one star, and what each of them needs).

Three things are worth separating, because the notation invites confusing them.

  • The adjoint \(T^{\dagger}:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow \mathbb{V}\) of Definition 5.41 needs an inner product on each space, and changes if either is changed. The pullback \(T^{\ast}:\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) of Section 5.5.2 needs no structure at all, and acts between the dual spaces rather than between the spaces themselves. They are different maps between different pairs of spaces, and the correspondence between them is exactly the antilinear identification \(\mathbb{V}\simeq\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) that an inner product supplies through Proposition 5.63.

  • Over \(\R\) the conjugation in Equation (5.70) is the identity, so in an orthonormal basis \(\left[T^{\dagger}\right] =\left[T\right]\transpose\) and self-adjoint means symmetric. Over \(\C\) it means hermitian, in the sense of Definition 5.115. The requirement that the basis be orthonormal cannot be dropped: in a general basis the matrix of the adjoint involves the matrix of the inner product as well.

  • Equation (5.73) is the whole of the solvability theory of a linear system in one line: \(Tv=w\) has a solution if and only if \(w\perp\ker T^{\dagger}\), and the solution is unique up to the addition of an arbitrary element of \(\ker T\). The equality of ranks that closes the proof is the classical statement that the row rank and the column rank of a matrix agree.

Matrix representation associated with a linear transformation

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be vector spaces, generated by the bases \(B_1=\set{e_i}^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}\) and \(B_2=\set{f_i}^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}}_{i=1}\), and consider a linear transformation \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\). The image \(T(e_i)\) of the \(i\)-th vector of the basis of \(\mathbb{V}\) is a new vector belonging to \(\mathbb{W}\), so we can express it as a linear combination of the elements of the basis of \(\mathbb{W}\) — the expansion exists because \(\gen{B_{2}}=\mathbb{W}\), which is the first clause of Definition 5.15, and its coefficients are unique because \(B_{2}\) is linearly independent, which is the second clause and is the step written out in Proposition 5.45 below. That is,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.74} T(e_i)=\sum^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}}_{j=1}T^j_{\ i}f_j\ep \end{equation}

We denote by \(\left[T\right]\) the matrix with elements \(T^{j}_{\ i}\), with \(i=1,\ldots,\dim{\mathbb{V}}\) and \(j=1,\ldots,\dim{\mathbb{W}}\). We say that the matrix \(\left[T\right]\) is the matrix representation associated with the linear transformation \(T\). Note that the coefficients of \(\left[T\right]\) are basis-dependent: they depend on the choice of the bases of \(\mathbb{V}\) and of \(\mathbb{W}\). For this reason, when it is necessary to specify the bases, we denote the matrix representation of \(T:\gen{B_1}\longrightarrow\gen{B_2}\) by \(\left[T\right]^{B_2}_{B_1}\).

Proposition 5.45.

Given an LT and the respective bases, its matrix representation is unique. Rests on Definition 5.37, Definition 5.15, Equation (5.29) and Equation (5.74).

Derivation. Derives Proposition 5.45. The claim has two halves, and it is worth separating them: the array \(\left[T\right]\) is well defined (its entries do not depend on how \(T(e_{i})\) happens to be written), and it determines \(T\) completely.

The entries are unique. Suppose the images of the basis vectors admitted two expansions,

\[ T(e_{i})=\sum_{j=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}}T^{j}_{\ i}f_{j} =\sum_{j=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}}S^{j}_{\ i}f_{j}\ep \]

Subtracting, and collecting terms by h),

\[ \sum_{j=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}} \left(T^{j}_{\ i}-S^{j}_{\ i}\right)f_{j}=0_{\mathbb{W}}\ep \]

But \(B_{2}=\set{f_{j}}\) is a basis and therefore linearly independent, so by Equation (5.29) every coefficient of such a vanishing combination is zero:

\[ T^{j}_{\ i}=S^{j}_{\ i}\ec\qquad \forall\, i=1,\ldots,\dim{\mathbb{V}}\ec\ \forall\, j=1,\ldots,\dim{\mathbb{W}}\ep \]

The array determines the transformation. Conversely, let \(v\) be any vector of \(\mathbb{V}\), with components \(v^{i}\) in \(B_{1}\) (Definition 5.17). Linearity gives

\begin{align*} T(v) & = T\left(\sum_{i=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}v^{i}e_{i}\right)\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}v^{i}T(e_{i})\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}\sum_{j=1}^{\dim{\mathbb{W}}} T^{j}_{\ i}v^{i}f_{j} && \text{by Equation (5.74)}\ec \end{align*}

so the components of \(T(v)\) in \(B_{2}\) are \(\left(T(v)\right)^{j}=\sum_{i}T^{j}_{\ i}v^{i}\), the familiar matrix-times-column product. Two linear transformations with the same matrix therefore agree on every vector, and are the same transformation.

The two halves together say that, once the bases are fixed, \(T\mapsto \left[T\right]\) is a bijection between \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\) and the \(\dim{\mathbb{W}}\times\dim{\mathbb{V}}\) arrays over \(\mathbb{K}\). What is not claimed is independence of the bases: change \(B_{1}\) or \(B_{2}\) and the same \(T\) acquires a different matrix, which is the remark made after Equation (5.74) and, later, the reason a representation is characterized by its character (Equation (5.181)) rather than by its matrices.

Definition 5.46 (Functional).

A functional is a linear transformation of the form \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}\). Rests on Definition 5.37.

The vector space of linear transformations

Null operator

Consider the map

\[ \begin{array}{cccc} \Theta: & \mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \mathbb{W}\\ & v & \longmapsto & \Theta(v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\ep \end{array} \]

Let us see that \(\Theta\) is a linear operator. We have

\begin{align*} \Theta(au+bv) & = 0_{\mathbb{W}}\\ & = 0_{\mathbb{W}}+0_{\mathbb{W}}\\ & = a0_{\mathbb{W}}+b0_{\mathbb{W}} && \text{by Equation (5.23)}\\ & = a\Theta(u)+b\Theta(v)\ec \end{align*}

so \(\Theta\) is a linear operator, which we shall call the null operator. Let us see, further, the following. Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation. We have

\begin{align*} (T+\Theta)(v) & = T(v)+\Theta(v)\\ & = T(v)+0_{\mathbb{W}}\\ & = T(v)\ec \end{align*}

hence \(T+\Theta=T\), and analogously \(\Theta+T=T\). Thus \(\Theta\) satisfies the neutral-element axiom:

\begin{equation} \tag{5.75}\forall\ T\in\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W}),\ \exists\ \Theta\in\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\mid T+\Theta=T\ \wedge\ \Theta+T=T\ep \end{equation}

Opposite operator

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be an LT. Define \(-T\) as the map

\[ \begin{array}{cccc} -T: & \mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \mathbb{W}\\ & v & \longmapsto & (-T)(v)=-T(v)\ep \end{array} \]

Let us see that \(-T\) is a linear operator. We have

\begin{align*} (-T)(au+bv) & = -T(au+bv)\\ & = -(aT(u)+bT(v))\\ & = -aT(u)-bT(v)\\ & = a(-T)(u)+b(-T)(v)\ec \end{align*}

so \(-T\) is indeed a linear operator, which we shall call the opposite operator of \(T\). Note, moreover, that

\begin{align*} (T+(-T))(v) & = T(v)+(-T)(v)\\ & = T(v)-T(v)\\ & = 0_{\mathbb{W}}\\ & = \Theta(v)\ec \end{align*}

so \(T+(-T)=\Theta\), and analogously \(-T+T=\Theta\). Thus the inverse-element axiom is satisfied:

\begin{equation}\tag{5.76} \forall\ T\in\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W}),\ \exists\ (-T)\in\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\mid T+(-T)=\Theta\ \wedge\ -T+T=\Theta\ep \end{equation}

Linear combination of linear transformations

Consider the linear transformations \(T_1:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) and \(T_2:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\). Let us see that a linear combination of these LT's is also an LT. Indeed,

\begin{align*} (aT_1+bT_2)(cu+dv) & = aT_1(cu+dv)+bT_2(cu+dv)\\ & = a(T_1(cu)+T_1(dv))+b(T_2(cu)+T_2(dv))\\ & = c(aT_1(u)+bT_2(u))+d(aT_1(v)+bT_2(v))\\ & = c(aT_1+bT_2)(u)+d(aT_1+bT_2)(v)\ep \end{align*}

The vector space of linear transformations

As we have seen, the set \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\) satisfies the neutral-element and inverse-element axioms, and moreover there is closure: the linear combination of two LT's is an element of \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W})\). It is then evident that the axioms of a vector space are satisfied; that is, \([(\mathbb{K},+,\cdot),\cdot,(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W}),+)]\) is a vector space.

Inverse operator

The opposite operator of the preceding subsubsection undoes the addition of \(T\); the operator defined here undoes its action. The two are unrelated, and the source's placement of them side by side is the only reason for saying so.

Definition 5.47 (Inverse of a linear transformation).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation. A map \(S:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) is an inverse of \(T\) if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.77} S\circ T=\id_{\mathbb{V}}\ec\qquad T\circ S=\id_{\mathbb{W}}\ep \end{equation}

When such an \(S\) exists we call \(T\) invertible and write \(S=T^{-1}\); the notation is justified by the uniqueness proved in Proposition 5.48. Rests on Definition 5.37.

Proposition 5.48 (Existence, uniqueness, and linearity of the inverse).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation.

  1. \(T\) is invertible if and only if it is a bijection.

  2. The inverse, when it exists, is unique.

  3. The inverse is automatically a linear transformation; hence an invertible linear transformation is precisely an isomorphism in the sense of Definition 5.53.

Rests on Definitions 5.37 and 5.47.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.48. 1. If \(S\) satisfies Equation (5.77) then \(T\) is injective, since \(T(u)=T(v)\) gives \(u=S(T(u))=S(T(v))=v\), and surjective, since \(w=T(S(w))\) for every \(w\in\mathbb{W}\). Conversely, a bijection has a set-theoretic inverse, and that inverse satisfies Equation (5.77) by construction.

2. If \(S\) and \(S'\) are both inverses then

\[ S=S\circ\id_{\mathbb{W}}=S\circ\left(T\circ S'\right) =\left(S\circ T\right)\circ S'=\id_{\mathbb{V}}\circ\,S'=S'\ec \]

composition of maps being associative.

3. Let \(w,z\in\mathbb{W}\) and \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\), and put \(v=T^{-1}(w)\), \(u=T^{-1}(z)\). Linearity of \(T\) gives \(T(av+bu)=aT(v)+bT(u)=aw+bz\), and applying \(T^{-1}\) to both sides,

\[ T^{-1}\left(aw+bz\right)=av+bu=aT^{-1}(w)+bT^{-1}(z)\ep \]

So \(T^{-1}\) satisfies Definition 5.37. With part 1 this identifies the invertible linear transformations with the isomorphisms.

In finite dimension the three conditions of Proposition 5.48 collapse into one, and this is one of the very few places where a statement true of finite-dimensional spaces is flatly false in general.

Proposition 5.49 (Injective, surjective, invertible).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be vector spaces over the same field with \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=\dim{\mathbb{W}}=n<\infty\), and let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be linear. The following are equivalent: \(T\) is injective; \(T\) is surjective; \(T\) is invertible. In particular an endomorphism of a finite-dimensional space is invertible as soon as it is injective. Rests on Theorem 5.40, Proposition 5.48 and Definition 5.39.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.49. \(T\) is injective if and only if \(\ker T=\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\): one direction is immediate, and for the other \(T(u)=T(v)\) gives \(T(u-v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\), hence \(u=v\). By Equation (5.68) this is equivalent to \(\dim{\im T}=n\), and a subspace of \(\mathbb{W}\) of dimension \(n=\dim{\mathbb{W}}\) is the whole of \(\mathbb{W}\) — a basis of it is an independent set of \(n\) vectors in \(\mathbb{W}\), which Lemma 5.38 completes to a basis of \(\mathbb{W}\) by adjoining \(n-n=0\) further vectors. So injectivity is equivalent to surjectivity, and each is therefore equivalent to bijectivity, which is invertibility by Proposition 5.48.

Remark 5.50 (The hypothesis of finite dimension is doing all the work).

On \(\mathcal{F}(\N,\R)\) of Example 5.10 — the sequences of real numbers — the shift \(T(a^{1},a^{2},\ldots)=(0,a^{1},a^{2}, \ldots)\) is linear and injective and is not surjective, while the shift in the other direction is linear and surjective and is not injective. Both are one-sided inverses of one another and neither is an inverse in the sense of Equation (5.77). This is the reason the operator theory of Hilbert Spaces must distinguish the spectrum of an operator from its set of eigenvalues, a distinction that simply does not arise here.

Matrix of the inverse

Proposition 5.51.

Let \(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W}\) be of the same finite dimension \(n\) with fixed bases \(B_{1},B_{2}\), and let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be invertible. Then \(\left[T\right]\) is an invertible array and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.78} \left[T^{-1}\right]^{B_{1}}_{B_{2}} =\left(\left[T\right]^{B_{2}}_{B_{1}}\right)^{-1}\ep \end{equation}

Moreover, for invertible arrays \(A\) and \(B\) of order \(n\) the product is invertible and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.79} \left(AB\right)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Proposition 5.48, Proposition 5.45 and Equation (5.74).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.51. First, the matrix of a composition is the product of the matrices. Write \(B_{1}=\set{e_{i}}\), \(B_{2}=\set{f_{j}}\), and let \(S:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) be any linear transformation, so that Equation (5.74) reads \(T(e_{i})=\sum_{j}T^{j}_{\ i}f_{j}\) and \(S(f_{j})=\sum_{k}S^{k}_{\ j}e_{k}\). Then

\begin{align*} \left(S\circ T\right)(e_{i}) & = S\left(\sum_{j}T^{j}_{\ i}f_{j}\right)\\ & = \sum_{j}T^{j}_{\ i}\,S(f_{j}) && \text{by linearity of }S\\ & = \sum_{k}\left(\sum_{j}S^{k}_{\ j}T^{j}_{\ i}\right)e_{k}\ec \end{align*}

so that, by the uniqueness of Proposition 5.45, \(\left[S\circ T\right]^{B_{1}}_{B_{1}} =\left[S\right]^{B_{1}}_{B_{2}}\left[T\right]^{B_{2}}_{B_{1}}\); and the matrix of \(\id_{\mathbb{V}}\) in the basis \(B_{1}\) twice over is \(\identity\), since \(\id_{\mathbb{V}}(e_{i})=e_{i}\). Applying this to both halves of Equation (5.77),

\[ \left[T^{-1}\right]\left[T\right]=\identity\ec\qquad \left[T\right]\left[T^{-1}\right]=\identity\ec \]

which is Equation (5.78). For Equation (5.79), multiply out:

\begin{align*} \left(AB\right)\left(B^{-1}A^{-1}\right) & = A\left(BB^{-1}\right)A^{-1}=AA^{-1}=\identity\ec\\ \left(B^{-1}A^{-1}\right)\left(AB\right) & = B^{-1}\left(A^{-1}A\right)B=B^{-1}B=\identity\ec \end{align*}

so \(B^{-1}A^{-1}\) is an inverse of \(AB\), and the uniqueness argument of Proposition 5.48 — which used nothing but associativity — makes it the inverse. The order reverses because the factor applied last must be undone first; the same reversal appears for the transpose in Equation (5.161) and for the pullback in Equation (5.98).

The determinant criterion that decides invertibility in practice, \(\det{\left[T\right]}\neq0\), is recorded with the general linear group in Equation (5.81).

Morphisms of vector spaces

Remark 5.52 (Homomorphism).

An LT is by definition a group homomorphism: from the first axiom of an LT we see that \(T\) establishes a homomorphism between the groups \((\mathbb{V},+)\) and \((\mathbb{W},+)\).

Definition 5.53 (Isomorphism).

We say that a linear transformation is an isomorphism if it is in addition a bijection. If an isomorphism exists between two vector spaces, we say that they are isomorphic. Rests on Definition 5.37.

Proposition 5.54.

Two vector spaces over the same field \(\mathbb{K}\) and of the same finite dimension \(n\) are isomorphic. Rests on Definition 5.15, Definition 5.16, Definition 5.53 and Proposition 5.45.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.54. Let \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be the two spaces, with bases \(B_{1}=\set{e_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\) and \(B_{2}=\set{f_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\); these have the same cardinality \(n\) by hypothesis, which is what allows the two to be listed with a common index. Define \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow \mathbb{W}\) on the basis by

\[ T(e_{i})=f_{i}\ec\qquad i=1,\ldots,n\ec \]

and extend to all of \(\mathbb{V}\) by

\begin{equation}\tag{5.80} T\left(\sum_{i=1}^{n}v^{i}e_{i}\right)=\sum_{i=1}^{n}v^{i}f_{i}\ep \end{equation}

Equation (5.80) is a legitimate definition precisely because the components \(v^{i}\) of a vector in a basis are unique — the argument just given for Proposition 5.45 — so no vector is assigned two images.

\(T\) is linear. If \(u=\sum_{i}u^{i}e_{i}\) and \(v=\sum_{i}v^{i}e_{i}\) then \(au+bv=\sum_{i}(au^{i}+bv^{i})e_{i}\), so

\begin{align*} T(au+bv) & = \sum_{i=1}^{n}\left(au^{i}+bv^{i}\right)f_{i}\\ & = a\sum_{i=1}^{n}u^{i}f_{i}+b\sum_{i=1}^{n}v^{i}f_{i}\\ & = aT(u)+bT(v)\ep \end{align*}

\(T\) is injective. Suppose \(T(v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\). Then \(\sum_{i}v^{i}f_{i}=0_{\mathbb{W}}\), and \(B_{2}\) being linearly independent, Equation (5.29) forces \(v^{i}=0\) for every \(i\), whence \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Since \(T\) is linear, \(T(u)=T(v)\) implies \(T(u-v)=0_{\mathbb{W}}\) and hence \(u=v\).

\(T\) is surjective. Any \(w\in\mathbb{W}\) can be written \(w=\sum_{i}w^{i}f_{i}\), because \(B_{2}\) generates \(\mathbb{W}\); then \(w=T\left(\sum_{i}w^{i}e_{i}\right)\).

Thus \(T\) is a bijective linear transformation, that is, an isomorphism in the sense of Definition 5.53.

Remark 5.55 (The hypotheses are not decoration).

Two of them are doing work, and the source states neither.

  • The same field. Dimension is meaningless without saying over what. The space \(\C\) regarded as a complex vector space has dimension \(1\); regarded as a real vector space it has dimension \(2\) and is isomorphic to \(\R^{2}\), not to \(\R\). A complex space of dimension \(n\) is a real space of dimension \(2n\).

  • Finiteness. For infinite-dimensional spaces the statement survives in the form “two spaces whose bases have the same cardinality are isomorphic”, with the same proof read as a bijection \(B_{1}\longrightarrow B_{2}\) rather than as a common index; but the existence of a basis at all is then no longer constructive — that every vector space has a basis is equivalent to the axiom of choice (Logic, Sets, and Maps) — and the resulting isomorphism cannot be written down. In every physical application in this book the relevant spaces are either finite-dimensional or Hilbert spaces (Definition 12.2), where the topological notion of basis — a countable orthonormal set whose closed span is the whole space, the notion reserved for Section 12.2 — replaces this one and behaves far better.

The converse is immediate and worth stating: an isomorphism carries a basis to a basis (it preserves linear independence, being injective, and generation, being surjective), so isomorphic spaces have equal dimension. Dimension is therefore a complete invariant of a vector space over a fixed field — which is why so little of physics is contained in the vector space itself, and so much of it in the extra structure (inner product, algebra, group action) laid on top.

Definition 5.56 (Endomorphism).

An endomorphism is a linear transformation of the form \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\). Rests on Definition 5.37.

Definition 5.57 (Automorphism).

An endomorphism is an automorphism if it is in addition an isomorphism. Rests on Definitions 5.53 and 5.56.

Now consider the vector space \(\mathbb{V}\). The set of all automorphisms of the form \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\), together with the composition of linear transformations, forms a group. Indeed, closure holds because automorphisms are bijections and, as we know, the composition of bijections is a bijection; associativity, the existence of the neutral element, and the existence of inverse elements are easy to see, and are likewise consequences of our considering bijections. We call this group the general linear group, and symbolize it as

\[ \left(\set{T\mid T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V} \text{ is a bijection}},\circ\right) \stackrel{\text{not.}}{=}\GL(\mathbb{V})\ep \]

In the case where the vector space considered is of the form \(\mathbb{V}=\mathbb{K}^n\), with \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), we denote the general linear group by \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\).

As we have seen, we can treat linear transformations as matrices. Let \(\mathcal{M}_{n\times n}\left[\mathbb{K}\right]\) denote the set of all square arrays of order \(n\) over \(\mathbb{K}\). That is the meaning the symbol carries throughout this chapter, and in particular in Proposition 5.125, where \(T\longmapsto\left[T\right]\) is a bijection of the whole of \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\) onto it. The general linear group is then not that set, but its subset of invertible elements:

\begin{equation}\tag{5.81} \GL(n,\mathbb{K})\simeq\set{M\in\mathcal{M}_{n\times n} \left[\mathbb{K}\right]\mid\det{M}\neq0}\ec \end{equation}

where the isomorphism is the bijection associating with each linear transformation \(T\) its matrix representation \([T]\) (for we have seen that, given an LT and a basis, its matrix representation is unique). The restriction on the right is not cosmetic. The full set of arrays is not a group under multiplication at all — the zero array has no inverse — so an isomorphism of groups could not have it on the right-hand side; only the invertible arrays, which are exactly the images of the automorphisms, form one. Recall, moreover, that

Note that this isomorphism is not canonical, in the following sense: the matrix representation of a linear transformation is not unique, being basis-dependent.

There exists a very important subgroup of the general linear group. If we consider the set of all automorphisms of the form \(T:\mathbb{K}^n\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}^n\) with \(\det{[T]}=1\), there is closure under this condition. Indeed, let \(A\) and \(B\) be two automorphisms belonging to this set, so \(\det[A]=1\) and \(\det[B]=1\). By closure of \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\) there must exist \(C\) such that \(A\circ B=C\), where we know that \([A][B]=[C]\). Thus, taking determinants,

\begin{align*} [A][B] & = [C]\\ \det\left([A][B]\right) & = \det[C]\\ \det[A]\det[B] & = \det[C]\\ 1 & = \det[C]\ec \end{align*}

so \(\det[C]=1\). That is, the elements of unit determinant are closed under composition and form a subgroup of the general linear group.

Definition 5.58 (Special linear group).

The special linear group is the subgroup of \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\) whose elements have unit determinant,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.82} \SL(n,\mathbb{K})=\set{T\in\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\mid\det[T]=1}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Equations (5.19) and (5.81).

The dual space

The dual space

Definition 5.59 (Dual space).

Consider a vector space \(\mathbb{V}(\mathbb{K})\). We define the dual space of \(\mathbb{V}\) as the vector space

\begin{equation}\tag{5.83} \mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{K}) \stackrel{\text{not.}}{=}\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\ec \end{equation}

that is, as the set of all functionals of the form \(f:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}\). Rests on Definition 5.46.

Vectors as matrices

Definition 5.60 (Functional specified on a basis).

Consider the vector space \(\mathbb{V}=\gen{\set{e_i}_{i=1}}\). A functional \(g\) is fixed by its values on the basis,

\begin{equation} \tag{5.84} g(e_i)=g_i\ec \end{equation}

where \(\set{g_i}_{i=1}\) is a set of scalars. Rests on Definitions 5.15 and 5.46.

With \(g\) so specified, for an arbitrary vector with components \(v^i\) in the mentioned basis,

\begin{align} g(v) & = g\left(\sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ie_i\right)\nonumber\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ig(e_i)\nonumber\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ig_i && \text{by Equation (5.84)}\nonumber\\ & = (g_1\ \ldots)_{1\times\dim{\mathbb{V}}} \left(\begin{array}{c} v^1\\ \vdots \end{array} \right)_{\dim{\mathbb{V}}\times1}\ep \tag{5.85} \end{align}

The preceding result suggests that we can represent the vector \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) and the vector \(g\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) as a column matrix and a row matrix respectively; that is,

\[ v\sim\left(\begin{array}{c} v^1\\ \vdots \end{array} \right)_{\dim{\mathbb{V}}\times1},\quad g\sim(g_1\ \ldots)_{1\times\dim{\mathbb{V}}}\ep \]

Basis of the dual space

In the preceding context, consider the functionals

\begin{align*} f^1 & \sim (1\ 0\ 0\ \ldots\ 0\ \ldots)\ec\\ f^2 & \sim (0\ 1\ 0\ \ldots\ 0\ \ldots)\ec\\ \vdots & \end{align*}

From Equation (5.84) and Equation (5.85) we see that

\begin{equation} \tag{5.86}f^i(e_j)=\delta^i_{\ j}\ep \end{equation}

Now, for an arbitrary functional \(g\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) we have

\begin{align*} g(v) & = g\left(\sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ie_i\right)\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ig(e_i)\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i=1}v^ig_i && \text{by Equation (5.84)}\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i,j=1}v^i\delta^j_{\ i}g_j\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{i,j=1}v^if^j(e_i)g_j && \text{by Equation (5.86)}\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{j=1}f^j\left(\sum_i v^ie_i\right)g_j\\ & = \sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{j=1}f^j(v)g_j\\ & = \left(\sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{j=1}g_jf^j\right)(v)\ec \end{align*}

hence

\begin{equation}\tag{5.87} g=\sum^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{j=1}g_jf^j\ep \end{equation}

This result tells us that any functional in \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) can be expressed as a linear combination of the functionals \(f^j\). Hence \(\set{f^j}^{\dim{\mathbb{V}}}_{j=1}\) is a basis for the space \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\). As we see, the dimension of the dual space \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) is the same as that of \(\mathbb{V}\). We thus conclude the important result: \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) are isomorphic.

That a vector space and its dual are isomorphic is a very important result: it means that a space and its dual are in reality the same structure. Given an isomorphism \(\Phi:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\), we say that \(\Phi(v)\) is the dual element of \(v\), and vice versa.

The annihilator of a subspace

Proposition 5.61 (Annihilator of a subspace).

Let \(\mathbb{W}\) be a subspace of a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) with \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), and let

\begin{equation}\tag{5.88} \mathbb{W}^{0}=\set{g\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\mid g(w)=0\ \ \forall\,w\in\mathbb{W}} \end{equation}

be its annihilator. Then \(\mathbb{W}^{0}\) is a subspace of \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.89} \dim{\mathbb{W}^{0}}=n-\dim{\mathbb{W}}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.59, Lemma 5.38 and Definition 5.7.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.61. \(\mathbb{W}^{0}\) is defined by conditions linear in \(g\), so it is a subspace. Let \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{m}}\) be a basis of \(\mathbb{W}\), \(m=\dim{\mathbb{W}}\), completed to a basis \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{n}}\) of \(\mathbb{V}\) by Lemma 5.38, and let \(\set{f^{1},\ldots,f^{n}}\) be the dual basis Equation (5.86). By Equation (5.87) every \(g\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) is \(g=\sum_{j}g_{j}f^{j}\) with \(g_{j}=g(e_{j})\). Since \(\mathbb{W}\) is generated by \(e_{1},\ldots,e_{m}\), the condition \(g(w)=0\) for all \(w\in\mathbb{W}\) is equivalent to \(g_{1}=\ldots=g_{m}=0\), that is, to \(g\in\gen{\set{f^{m+1},\ldots,f^{n}}}\). Those \(n-m\) functionals are independent, being part of a basis, so they are a basis of \(\mathbb{W}^{0}\) and Equation (5.89) follows.

Corollary 5.62 (A functional that annihilates a set of constraints).

Let \(f^{1},\ldots,f^{m}\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) be linearly independent, \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), and put \(\mathbb{W}=\bigcap_{\alpha=1}^{m}\ker{f^{\alpha}}\). Then \(\dim{\mathbb{W}}=n-m\), and every functional vanishing on \(\mathbb{W}\) is a linear combination \(\sum_{\alpha}\mu_{\alpha}f^{\alpha}\) with uniquely determined coefficients \(\mu_{\alpha}\). Rests on Proposition 5.61, Theorem 5.40 and Definition 5.14.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.62. Let \(A:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}^{m}\) send \(v\) to \(\left(f^{1}(v),\ldots,f^{m}(v)\right)\); it is linear and its kernel is \(\mathbb{W}\). It is surjective: otherwise its image is a proper subspace \(\mathbb{S}\) of \(\mathbb{K}^{m}\), and Proposition 5.61 applied in \(\mathbb{K}^{m}\) gives \(\dim{\mathbb{S}^{0}}=m-\dim{\mathbb{S}}\geq1\), so some non-zero \(\left(c_{1},\ldots,c_{m}\right)\) satisfies \(\sum_{\alpha}c_{\alpha}f^{\alpha}(v)=0\) for every \(v\) — a vanishing non-trivial combination, contradicting independence. Hence Equation (5.68) gives \(\dim{\mathbb{W}}=n-m\).

By Equation (5.89), \(\dim{\mathbb{W}^{0}}=n-(n-m)=m\). Each \(f^{\alpha}\) vanishes on \(\mathbb{W}\) and so lies in \(\mathbb{W}^{0}\); the \(m\) of them are independent, hence a basis of \(\mathbb{W}^{0}\), which is the assertion, the coefficients being the unique components in that basis.

Inner product established by an isomorphism between a space and its dual

Proposition 5.63.

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a finite-dimensional vector space over \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), and let \(\Phi:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) be a bijection that is linear if \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) and antilinear if \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), that is,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.90} \Phi(au+bv)=a^{\ast}\Phi(u)+b^{\ast}\Phi(v)\ep \end{equation}

Consider the map defined by

\begin{equation}\tag{5.91} \braket{u}{v}=(\Phi(u))(v)\ep \end{equation}

Then:

  1. for any such \(\Phi\), Equation (5.91) satisfies the linearity axioms Equations (5.34) and (5.35) and their conjugate partners Equations (5.36) and (5.37), and it is non-degenerate: \(\braket{u}{v}=0\) for all \(v\) forces \(u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), and \(\braket{u}{v}=0\) for all \(u\) forces \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\);

  2. the remaining axioms Equations (5.31), (5.32) and (5.33) hold if and only if \(\Phi\) is in addition hermitian,

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.92} (\Phi(u))(v)=\left((\Phi(v))(u)\right)^{\ast}\ec\qquad \forall\,u,v\in\mathbb{V}\ec \end{equation}

    and positive,

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.93} (\Phi(v))(v)>0\ec\qquad\forall\,v\in\mathbb{V} \setminus\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\ep \end{equation}

Conversely, every inner product on \(\mathbb{V}\) arises from exactly one \(\Phi\) satisfying Equations (5.90), (5.92) and (5.93). Rests on Definition 5.18, Definition 5.59, Equation (5.87) and Equation (5.86).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.63. Part 1. \(\Phi(u)\) is by construction an element of \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}=\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{K})\), that is, a linear functional on \(\mathbb{V}\). Hence, for \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\) and \(v,w\in\mathbb{V}\),

\[ \braket{u}{av+bw}=(\Phi(u))(av+bw)=a(\Phi(u))(v)+b(\Phi(u))(w) =a\braket{u}{v}+b\braket{u}{w}\ec \]

which is Equation (5.34) (take \(b=0\)) and Equation (5.35) (take \(a=b=1\)). In the first slot the behaviour is that of \(\Phi\): by Equation (5.90),

\[ \braket{au+bv}{w}=(\Phi(au+bv))(w) =a^{\ast}(\Phi(u))(w)+b^{\ast}(\Phi(v))(w) =a^{\ast}\braket{u}{w}+b^{\ast}\braket{v}{w}\ec \]

which is Equation (5.36) and Equation (5.37). (For \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) the conjugation is the identity and antilinearity is linearity, so the same two lines cover both fields.)

For non-degeneracy: if \(\braket{u}{v}=0\) for every \(v\) then \(\Phi(u)\) is the zero functional, and \(\Phi\) being injective — with \(\Phi(0_{\mathbb{V}})=0\) by Equation (5.90) — gives \(u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). If instead \(\braket{u}{v}=0\) for every \(u\), then \(f(v)=0\) for every \(f\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\), because \(\Phi\) is surjective; taking \(f\) to be the dual-basis functional \(f^{1}\) of Equation (5.86) built from a basis whose first element is \(v\) — possible if \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) — would give \(f^{1}(v)=1\neq0\), a contradiction, so \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\).

Part 2. The three remaining axioms are, one by one, restatements of the two extra conditions.

  • Hermiticity Equation (5.33) reads \(\braket{u}{v}^{\ast}=\braket{v}{u}\), which written out through Equation (5.91) is exactly Equation (5.92).

  • Positive definiteness Equation (5.32) reads \(\braket{v}{v}=(\Phi(v))(v)>0\) for \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), which is Equation (5.93).

  • Identity of indiscernibles Equation (5.31): the direction (\(\Leftarrow\)) holds for any \(\Phi\), since \(\Phi(0_{\mathbb{V}})=0\) and the zero functional sends every vector, in particular \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\), to \(0\). The direction (\(\Rightarrow\)) is the contrapositive of Equation (5.93): if \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) then \(\braket{v}{v}>0\neq0\).

Converse. Given an inner product on \(\mathbb{V}\), define \(\Phi(u)=\braket{u}{\ }\), the functional \(v\mapsto\braket{u}{v}\). It is a functional by Equations (5.34) and (5.35), it is antilinear in \(u\) by Equations (5.36) and (5.37), and it is injective, for \(\Phi(u)=0\) gives in particular \(\braket{u}{u}=0\) and hence \(u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by Equation (5.31). An injective map that is \(\R\)-linear between two real vector spaces of the same finite dimension — and \(\mathbb{V}\), \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) have the same dimension over \(\mathbb{K}\), hence the same dimension over \(\R\) — is surjective, so \(\Phi\) is a bijection of the required kind, and it manifestly reproduces the given inner product through Equation (5.91). Uniqueness is immediate: two such maps agreeing in Equation (5.91) agree as functionals on every \(v\), hence are equal.

Remark 5.64 (Why an arbitrary isomorphism will not do).

The source states Proposition 5.63 for an arbitrary isomorphism \(\Phi:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\), on the strength of the isomorphism established after Equation (5.87). That is false, and it fails in two separate ways which are worth keeping apart.

  • Even over \(\R\), most isomorphisms give no inner product. Take \(\mathbb{V}=\R^{2}\) with basis \(\set{e_{1},e_{2}}\) and the dual basis \(\set{f^{1},f^{2}}\) of Equation (5.86), and let \(\Phi\) be the linear isomorphism with \(\Phi(e_{1})=f^{2}\) and \(\Phi(e_{2})=f^{1}\). Then \(\braket{e_{1}}{e_{1}}=f^{2}(e_{1})=0\) although \(e_{1}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), so both Equation (5.31) and Equation (5.32) fail. The choice \(\Phi(e_{1})=f^{1}\), \(\Phi(e_{2})=-f^{2}\) fails differently, giving \(\braket{e_{2}}{e_{2}}=-1\): it is a perfectly good non-degenerate symmetric form, of signature \((1,1)\) rather than \((2,0)\), and the reader will meet exactly this distinction again in Section 5.6.3. What Equation (5.91) produces from a bare isomorphism is a non-degenerate form, no more.

  • Over \(\C\) no linear isomorphism can work at all. Suppose \(\Phi\) were \(\C\)-linear and Equation (5.91) an inner product. Linearity of \(\Phi\) would give \(\braket{au}{v}=a\braket{u}{v}\), whereas the axioms give \(\braket{au}{v}=a^{\ast}\braket{u}{v}\) by Equation (5.36). Choosing \(a=\ii\) and \(u=v\) with \(\braket{u}{u}=1\), which Equation (5.32) permits, yields \(\ii=-\ii\): a contradiction. Hence the map must be antilinear, as Equation (5.90) requires.

The upshot is the one physics uses constantly. The isomorphism \(\mathbb{V}\simeq\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) of Equation (5.87) is not canonical — it was built from a chosen basis, and a different basis gives a different isomorphism. An inner product is precisely the extra datum that singles one out, and the singled-out map is the antilinear correspondence \(\ket{v}\longmapsto\bra{v}\) of Dirac notation: the bra is the functional \(\braket{v}{\ }\), and it is conjugate-linear in the ket, which is why a phase \(\ee^{\ii\theta}\) on a ket appears as \(\ee^{-\ii\theta}\) on the corresponding bra. In infinite dimension the surjectivity step of the converse is no longer a dimension count and becomes a theorem requiring completeness — the Riesz representation theorem [Riesz:1907], which this chapter uses nowhere and which belongs to Section 12.3.2, reserved for it there.

Pullback and pushforward

Pullback

Consider a linear transformation of the form \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) and the linear functional \(f:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}\). Clearly \(f\in\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\). We see moreover that \(f\circ T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{K}\), and it is for this reason that \(f\circ T\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\). We may ask: given a linear map \(T\) taking us from \(\mathbb{V}\) to \(\mathbb{W}\), what map can we define that brings us back from \(\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\) to \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\), in terms of \(T\)?

The answer is simple. We define the pullback of \(T\) under \(f\) as the map that takes \(f\) and assigns to it \(f\circ T\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\). We symbolize the pullback of \(T\) as \(T^{\ast}\). The idea is clearly illustrated in the diagram

\[ \begin{array}{ccccc} \mathbb{V} & \stackrel{T}{\longrightarrow} & \mathbb{W} &\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow} & \mathbb{K}\\ \mathbb{V}^{\ast} & \stackrel{T^{\ast}}{\longleftarrow} & \mathbb{W}^{\ast} &&\\ f\circ T & \longleftarrow & f && \end{array} \]

Pushforward

The pullback moves functionals backwards along \(T\). The construction is completed by naming what moves forwards, and the two names together are what fix the index bookkeeping used for the rest of the treatise.

Notation 5.65 (The dual pairing).

For \(\omega\in\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) and \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) we write

\begin{equation}\tag{5.94} \gen{\omega,v}=\omega(v)\in\mathbb{K} \end{equation}

and call it the dual pairing. It is linear in each argument separately — in \(v\) because \(\omega\) is a functional, in \(\omega\) because the vector-space operations on \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) are defined pointwise — so it is a bilinear map in the sense of Definition 5.110. It is not an inner product: it does not pair a space with itself, it involves no conjugation, and it needs no structure on \(\mathbb{V}\) beyond the vector-space axioms.

Definition 5.66 (Pushforward).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation. The pushforward along \(T\) is the map

\begin{equation}\tag{5.95} T_{\ast}:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\ec\qquad T_{\ast}v=T(v)\ep \end{equation}

It is \(T\) itself. The notation exists to record a direction, not a new object: a vector is carried forwards by \(T\), from \(\mathbb{V}\) to \(\mathbb{W}\), whereas a functional is carried backwards by the pullback \(T^{\ast}\) of Section 5.5.2, from \(\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\) to \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\). Rests on Definitions 5.37 and 5.59.

Proposition 5.67 (Adjointness of pullback and pushforward).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) be a linear transformation. Then \(T^{\ast}\) is a linear transformation \(\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\), and it is characterized by the identity

\begin{equation}\tag{5.96} \gen{T^{\ast}\omega,v}=\gen{\omega,T_{\ast}v}\ec\qquad \forall\,\omega\in\mathbb{W}^{\ast},\ \forall\,v\in\mathbb{V}\ep \end{equation}

The two constructions compose in opposite orders: for \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{W}\) and \(S:\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}\),

\begin{align} \left(S\circ T\right)_{\ast} & = S_{\ast}\circ T_{\ast}\ec \tag{5.97}\\ \left(S\circ T\right)^{\ast} & = T^{\ast}\circ S^{\ast}\ep \tag{5.98} \end{align}

Finally, in a basis \(\set{e_{i}}\) of \(\mathbb{V}\) and a basis \(\set{f_{a}}\) of \(\mathbb{W}\) with their dual bases \(\set{\varepsilon^{i}}\) and \(\set{\phi^{a}}\) built as in Equation (5.86), the matrix of \(T^{\ast}\) is the transpose of that of \(T\):

\begin{equation}\tag{5.99} T^{\ast}\phi^{a}=\sum_{i}T^{a}_{\ i}\,\varepsilon^{i}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.66, Definition 5.59 and Notation 5.65.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.67. Linearity of \(T^{\ast}\). By definition \(T^{\ast}\omega=\omega\circ T\), which is a functional on \(\mathbb{V}\) as noted in Section 5.5.2. For \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\) and \(\omega,\eta\in\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\), evaluation at an arbitrary \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) gives

\[ \left(T^{\ast}(a\omega+b\eta)\right)(v) =\left(a\omega+b\eta\right)(Tv) =a\,\omega(Tv)+b\,\eta(Tv) =\left(aT^{\ast}\omega+bT^{\ast}\eta\right)(v)\ec \]

the middle step being the pointwise definition of the operations on \(\mathbb{W}^{\ast}\). Since \(v\) was arbitrary the two functionals are equal.

Equation (5.96). Both sides are the same number, written twice:

\[ \gen{T^{\ast}\omega,v}=\left(\omega\circ T\right)(v) =\omega\left(T(v)\right)=\gen{\omega,T_{\ast}v}\ep \]

It characterizes \(T^{\ast}\) because a functional is determined by its values: if \(\gen{\Phi\omega,v}=\gen{\omega,T_{\ast}v}\) for every \(v\) then \(\Phi\omega\) and \(T^{\ast}\omega\) agree at every point of \(\mathbb{V}\).

The two composition laws. Equation (5.97) is the definition of composition. For Equation (5.98), evaluate on \(\omega\in\mathbb{Z}^{\ast}\):

\[ \left(S\circ T\right)^{\ast}\omega=\omega\circ\left(S\circ T\right) =\left(\omega\circ S\right)\circ T =T^{\ast}\left(S^{\ast}\omega\right)\ec \]

associativity of composition doing the whole of the work. The same conclusion is reached from Equation (5.96) alone: \(\gen{(S\circ T)^{\ast}\omega,v}=\gen{\omega,S_{\ast}T_{\ast}v} =\gen{S^{\ast}\omega,T_{\ast}v}=\gen{T^{\ast}S^{\ast}\omega,v}\) for all \(v\).

Equation (5.99). Expand \(T^{\ast}\phi^{a}\) in the dual basis of \(\mathbb{V}^{\ast}\) using Equation (5.87), whose coefficients are the values on the basis of \(\mathbb{V}\):

\begin{align*} \left(T^{\ast}\phi^{a}\right)(e_{i}) & = \phi^{a}\left(T(e_{i})\right)\\ & = \phi^{a}\left(\sum_{b}T^{b}_{\ i}f_{b}\right) && \text{by Equation (5.74)}\\ & = \sum_{b}T^{b}_{\ i}\,\delta^{a}_{\ b} && \text{by Equation (5.86)}\\ & = T^{a}_{\ i}\ec \end{align*}

which is Equation (5.99). Note the index positions: the row index of \(\left[T\right]\) has become the label of the pulled-back functional and the column index the label of the dual basis vector, which is what “transpose” means here.

Remark 5.68 (Contravariant and covariant, settled once).

The pair \((T_{\ast},T^{\ast})\) is what fixes the index conventions used throughout the treatise, and the rule is best read off a change of basis. Let \(e'_{i}=\sum_{j}A^{j}_{\ i}e_{j}\) with \(\left[A\right]\) invertible, as in Equation (5.139). Comparing \(v=\sum_{i}v'^{i}e'_{i}=\sum_{j}v^{j}e_{j}\) gives \(v^{j}=\sum_{i}A^{j}_{\ i}v'^{i}\), that is

\begin{equation}\tag{5.100} v'=\left[A\right]^{-1}v\ec\qquad g'_{i}=\sum_{j}A^{j}_{\ i}g_{j}\ec \end{equation}

the second equality being \(g'_{i}=g(e'_{i})\) read through Equation (5.84). The components of a vector therefore transform with the inverse of the basis change — they are contravariant, and carry an upper index — while the components of a functional transform with the change itself — they are covariant, and carry a lower index. Nothing but Equation (5.96) is at work: the pairing \(\gen{g,v}=\sum_{i}g_{i}v^{i}\) is a number, and a number cannot depend on the basis, so the two sets of components must transform by mutually inverse rules.

One asymmetry is worth stating plainly, because it is the reason the two names are not interchangeable. A vector can always be pushed forward and a functional can always be pulled back, for any linear \(T\). The reverse operations do not exist in general: pushing a functional forward would require \(\left(T^{-1}\right)^{\ast}\), hence an invertible \(T\). This is exactly the constraint that reappears on a manifold, where the same construction is performed pointwise on each tangent space — the pushforward acting on tangent vectors and the pullback on covectors (Definition 13.83) — and where the map is accordingly required to be a diffeomorphism before a vector field can be transported at all. See Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature; the linear algebra done here is the whole of the content, repeated at every point.

Eigenvectors, eigenvalues, and decompositions

Eigenvectors and eigenvalues

Eigenvectors and eigenvalues of a linear transformation; characteristic polynomial; diagonalization

An operator mixes the directions of a space; the directions it does not mix are the ones along which its action is a single number, and they are what the rest of this section is about.

Definition 5.69 (Eigenvector, eigenvalue, eigenspace).

Let \(T:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) be an endomorphism of a vector space over \(\mathbb{K}\). A vector \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) is an eigenvector of \(T\) with eigenvalue \(\lambda\in\mathbb{K}\) if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.101} T(v)=\lambda v\ec\qquad v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \end{equation}

The set of all \(\lambda\) for which Equation (5.101) has a solution is the spectrum of \(T\), and for each such \(\lambda\) the eigenspace

\begin{equation}\tag{5.102} \mathbb{E}_{\lambda}=\ker\left(T-\lambda\identity\right) =\set{v\in\mathbb{V}\mid T(v)=\lambda v} \end{equation}

is a subspace, by Definition 5.39; it consists of the eigenvectors for that \(\lambda\) together with \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\), which the exclusion in Equation (5.101) keeps out of the list of eigenvectors and which the kernel necessarily contains. Rests on Definitions 5.39 and 5.56.

The exclusion \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) is not fussiness: without it every scalar would be an eigenvalue of every operator, and the notion would carry no information at all.

Definition 5.70 (Characteristic polynomial).

Let \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\) and let \(T\) be an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{V}\) with matrix \(\left[T\right]\) in some basis. The characteristic polynomial of \(T\) is

\begin{equation}\tag{5.103} p_{T}(\mu)=\det\left(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\right)\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.56, Equation (5.74) and Equation (5.19).

Derivation. Derives Definition 5.70. Two things have to be checked before Equation (5.103) defines anything: that it is a polynomial of degree \(n\), and that it does not depend on the basis in which \(\left[T\right]\) was written.

Degree. In the Leibniz sum Equation (5.19) for \(\det\left(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\right)\) the identity permutation contributes \(\prod_{i=1}^{n}\left(T^{i}_{\ i}-\mu\right)\), a polynomial of degree \(n\) with leading term \((-1)^{n}\mu^{n}\). Any other permutation moves at least two indices, so at least two of its \(n\) factors are off-diagonal entries of \(\left[T\right]\), carrying no \(\mu\); such a term has degree at most \(n-2\) and cannot cancel the leading one. Hence \(\deg{p_{T}}=n\) exactly.

Basis-independence. A change of basis conjugates the array. Let \(e'_{i}=\sum_{j}A^{j}_{\ i}e_{j}\) with \(\left[A\right]\) invertible, and let \(\left[T'\right]\) be the matrix of \(T\) in the primed basis. Expanding \(T(e'_{i})\) in the two ways Equation (5.74) allows,

\begin{align*} T(e'_{i}) & = \sum_{j}A^{j}_{\ i}T(e_{j}) =\sum_{k}\left(\sum_{j}T^{k}_{\ j}A^{j}_{\ i}\right)e_{k}\ec\\ T(e'_{i}) & = \sum_{l}\left(T'\right)^{l}_{\ i}e'_{l} =\sum_{k}\left(\sum_{l}A^{k}_{\ l} \left(T'\right)^{l}_{\ i}\right)e_{k}\ec \end{align*}

and equating coefficients, which Proposition 5.45 permits, gives \(\left[T\right]\left[A\right]=\left[A\right]\left[T'\right]\), that is \(\left[T'\right]=\left[A\right]^{-1}\left[T\right]\left[A\right]\) — the similarity law recorded again, in its algebra setting, in Remark 5.126. Since \(\left[A\right]^{-1}\identity\left[A\right]=\identity\),

\begin{align*} \det\left(\left[A\right]^{-1}\left[T\right]\left[A\right] -\mu\identity\right) & = \det\left(\left[A\right]^{-1} \left(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\right)\left[A\right]\right)\\ & = \det\left(\left[A\right]^{-1}\right) \det\left(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\right)\det\left[A\right]\\ & = \det\left(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\right)\ec \end{align*}

the determinant of a product being the product of the determinants and \(\det\left(\left[A\right]^{-1}\right)\det\left[A\right]=\det\identity=1\) by Equation (5.78). So \(p_{T}\) is an attribute of the operator, not of the array.

Theorem 5.71 (The eigenvalues are the roots of the characteristic polynomial).

Let \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\) and let \(T\) be an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{V}\). A scalar \(\lambda\in\mathbb{K}\) is an eigenvalue of \(T\) if and only if \(p_{T}(\lambda)=0\). Rests on Definition 5.69, Definition 5.70 and Proposition 5.49.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.71. The chain is one of equivalences, each already available. Equation (5.101) has a solution \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) exactly when \(\ker\left(T-\lambda\identity\right)\neq \set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\), that is, exactly when the endomorphism \(T-\lambda\identity\) fails to be injective. By Proposition 5.49 — and here the finite dimension is indispensable — that is exactly when \(T-\lambda\identity\) fails to be invertible, which by Equation (5.81) is exactly when \(\det\left(\left[T\right]-\lambda\identity\right)=0\). The last expression is \(p_{T}(\lambda)\).

Corollary 5.72 (Existence of an eigenvalue over $\C$).

Every endomorphism of a complex vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) with \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\) has at least one eigenvalue, and hence at least one eigenvector. Over \(\R\) this fails: a rotation of \(\R^{2}\) by an angle that is not a multiple of \(\pi\) has no eigenvector, its characteristic polynomial \(\mu^{2}-2\mu\cos{\theta}+1\) having no real root. Rests on Theorems 5.71 and 8.19.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.72. By Definition 5.70 the polynomial \(p_{T}\) has degree \(n=\dim{\mathbb{V}}\geq1\), so by the fundamental theorem of algebra (Theorem 8.19) it has a root \(\lambda\in\C\), and Theorem 5.71 makes that root an eigenvalue. For the rotation, the matrix in the standard basis is \(\begin{pmatrix}\cos{\theta} & -\sin{\theta}\\ \sin{\theta} & \cos{\theta}\end{pmatrix}\), whose characteristic polynomial is \(\left(\cos{\theta}-\mu\right)^{2}+\sin^{2}{\theta} =\mu^{2}-2\mu\cos{\theta}+1\) with discriminant \(4\left(\cos^{2}{\theta}-1\right)=-4\sin^{2}{\theta}\), negative unless \(\sin{\theta}=0\).

This corollary is the only part of the present subsubsection that the rest of the chapter actually consumes: it is the step with which Schur's first lemma opens (Theorem 5.158), and the two hypotheses it carries — a complex field and a finite non-zero dimension — are inherited by everything that lemma supports, as Remark 5.159 records.

Definition 5.73 (Algebraic and geometric multiplicity).

Let \(\lambda\) be an eigenvalue of \(T\). Its algebraic multiplicity is the multiplicity of \(\lambda\) as a root of \(p_{T}\), that is, the largest \(m\) with \(\left(\lambda-\mu\right)^{m}\) dividing \(p_{T}(\mu)\); its geometric multiplicity is \(\dim{\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}}\). Rests on Definitions 5.69 and 5.70.

Proposition 5.74.

For every eigenvalue, \(1\leq\) geometric multiplicity \(\leq\) algebraic multiplicity, and the second inequality can be strict. Rests on Definition 5.73, Lemma 5.38 and Equation (5.19).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.74. The first inequality restates that an eigenvalue has an eigenvector, so \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\neq\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\).

For the second, write \(g=\dim{\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}}\), take a basis \(\set{u_{1},\ldots,u_{g}}\) of \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\) and complete it by Lemma 5.38 to a basis \(\set{u_{1},\ldots,u_{g},x_{1},\ldots,x_{n-g}}\) of \(\mathbb{V}\). Since \(T(u_{i})=\lambda u_{i}\), the first \(g\) columns of \(\left[T\right]\) in this basis carry \(\lambda\) on the diagonal and nothing below row \(g\):

\begin{equation}\tag{5.104} \left[T\right]=\begin{pmatrix}\lambda\identity_{g} & B\\ 0 & C\end{pmatrix}\ep \end{equation}

A block array of this shape has \(\det=\det\left(\lambda\identity_{g} \right)\det{C}\), as the Leibniz sum Equation (5.19) shows: a permutation \(\sigma\) contributes a non-zero term only if \(\sigma(j)\leq g\) for every \(j\leq g\), because the entries below the first \(g\) rows in those columns vanish; being injective, such a \(\sigma\) maps \(\set{1,\ldots,g}\) onto itself and therefore maps the remaining indices onto themselves as well, so it splits as a pair \((\sigma_{1},\sigma_{2})\) with \(\sgn(\sigma) =\sgn(\sigma_{1})\sgn(\sigma_{2})\) and the sum factorizes into the two Leibniz sums. Applying this to \(\left[T\right]-\mu\identity\), which has the same shape,

\[ p_{T}(\mu)=\left(\lambda-\mu\right)^{g} \det\left(C-\mu\identity\right)\ec \]

so \(\left(\lambda-\mu\right)^{g}\) divides \(p_{T}\) and the algebraic multiplicity is at least \(g\).

That the inequality can be strict is shown by \(\left[T\right]=\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1\\ 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\) on \(\C^{2}\), the shear that reappears in Remark 5.152 as a representation of \(\Z\): here \(p_{T}(\mu)=(1-\mu)^{2}\), so \(\lambda=1\) has algebraic multiplicity \(2\), while \(\left[T\right]-\identity=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1\\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}\) has a one-dimensional kernel, spanned by \(\bigl(1,0\bigr)\transpose\), so the geometric multiplicity is \(1\).

Proposition 5.75 (Eigenvectors for distinct eigenvalues are independent).

Let \(v_{1},\ldots,v_{m}\) be eigenvectors of \(T\) with pairwise distinct eigenvalues \(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{m}\). Then \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{m}}\) is linearly independent. Rests on Definitions 5.14 and 5.69.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.75. By induction on \(m\). For \(m=1\) the statement is that a single non-zero vector is independent, which Equation (5.29) gives at once, since \(a^{1}v_{1}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) with \(v_{1}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) forces \(a^{1}=0\) (the remark after Equation (5.23)).

Assume the claim for \(m-1\) vectors and let \(\sum_{i=1}^{m}a^{i}v_{i}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Apply the linear operator \(T-\lambda_{m}\identity\) to both sides. Each term gives \(a^{i}\left(T(v_{i})-\lambda_{m}v_{i}\right) =a^{i}\left(\lambda_{i}-\lambda_{m}\right)v_{i}\), and the last term vanishes, so

\[ \sum_{i=1}^{m-1}a^{i}\left(\lambda_{i}-\lambda_{m}\right)v_{i} =0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \]

By the induction hypothesis every coefficient vanishes, and \(\lambda_{i}\neq\lambda_{m}\) for \(i<m\) then forces \(a^{i}=0\). The original relation reduces to \(a^{m}v_{m}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) with \(v_{m}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), whence \(a^{m}=0\) as well.

Definition 5.76 (Diagonalizable operator).

An endomorphism \(T\) of a finite-dimensional space is diagonalizable if there is a basis of \(\mathbb{V}\) in which \(\left[T\right]=\diag(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n})\). Rests on Definition 5.56 and Equation (5.74).

Theorem 5.77 (Criterion for diagonalizability).

An endomorphism \(T\) of a space of finite dimension \(n\) is diagonalizable if and only if \(\mathbb{V}\) possesses a basis consisting of eigenvectors of \(T\). In particular \(T\) is diagonalizable whenever \(p_{T}\) has \(n\) distinct roots in \(\mathbb{K}\). Rests on Definition 5.76, Definition 5.69 and Proposition 5.75.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.77. Read Equation (5.74) in a basis \(\set{e_{i}}\): the array \(\left[T\right]\) is diagonal, with entries \(\lambda_{i}\), precisely when \(T(e_{i})=\lambda_{i}e_{i}\) for every \(i\) — that is, precisely when every basis vector is an eigenvector. Both directions of the first claim are that one observation.

For the second, let \(p_{T}\) have \(n\) distinct roots \(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n}\) in \(\mathbb{K}\). Each is an eigenvalue by Theorem 5.71, so we may choose an eigenvector \(v_{i}\) for each; by Proposition 5.75 the set \(\set{v_{1},\ldots,v_{n}}\) is linearly independent, and \(n\) independent vectors in a space of dimension \(n\) are a basis — by Lemma 5.38 they complete to a basis by the adjunction of \(n-n=0\) further vectors.

Remark 5.78 (Not every operator is diagonalizable).

The shear of Proposition 5.74 is not: a basis of eigenvectors would need two independent vectors in a one-dimensional eigenspace. This is the generic obstruction, and Proposition 5.74 localizes it exactly — \(T\) is diagonalizable if and only if the geometric multiplicities sum to \(n\), which over an algebraically closed field means that each of them equals its algebraic partner. What replaces diagonalization in general is the Jordan normal form, which this treatise does not need and does not prove: every operator it diagonalizes in earnest is normal — self-adjoint or unitary — and for those Theorem 5.79 and its extension Corollary 5.82 settle the question outright. The shear is not normal, which is the structural reason it resists.

The spectral theorem

Physics almost never diagonalizes an arbitrary operator. It diagonalizes self-adjoint ones (Definition 5.41), and for those the answer is as strong as it could be: they are always diagonalizable, their eigenvalues are always real, and the diagonalizing basis can always be taken orthonormal.

Theorem 5.79 (Spectral theorem for a self-adjoint operator).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a complex vector space with an inner product and \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), and let \(T\) be self-adjoint, \(T^{\dagger}=T\). Then

  1. every eigenvalue of \(T\) is real;

  2. eigenvectors belonging to distinct eigenvalues are orthogonal;

  3. \(\mathbb{V}\) has an orthonormal basis \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{n}}\) of eigenvectors of \(T\), in which

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.105} \left[T\right]=\diag\left(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n}\right)\ec \qquad\lambda_{i}\in\R\ec \end{equation}

    and \(\mathbb{V}\) is the orthogonal direct sum of the eigenspaces.

Rests on Definition 5.41, Corollary 5.72 and Theorem 5.40.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.79. 1. Let \(T(v)=\lambda v\) with \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Then

\begin{align*} \lambda\braket{v}{v} & = \braket{v}{Tv} && \text{by Equation (5.34)}\\ & = \braket{T^{\dagger}v}{v} && \text{by Equation (5.69)}\\ & = \braket{Tv}{v}=\braket{\lambda v}{v}\\ & = \lambda^{\ast}\braket{v}{v} && \text{by Equation (5.36)}\ec \end{align*}

and \(\braket{v}{v}>0\) by Equation (5.32), so \(\lambda=\lambda^{\ast}\).

2. Let \(T(u)=\lambda u\) and \(T(v)=\mu v\) with \(\lambda\neq\mu\), both real by part 1. Then \(\braket{u}{Tv}=\mu\braket{u}{v}\), while \(\braket{u}{Tv}=\braket{T^{\dagger}u}{v}=\braket{Tu}{v} =\lambda^{\ast}\braket{u}{v}=\lambda\braket{u}{v}\). Subtracting, \(\left(\mu-\lambda\right)\braket{u}{v}=0\), and \(\mu\neq\lambda\) gives \(\braket{u}{v}=0\).

3. By induction on \(n\), the case \(n=0\) being vacuous. Let \(n\geq1\). By Corollary 5.72 — available because \(\mathbb{K}=\C\) and \(0<n<\infty\) — there is an eigenvalue \(\lambda_{1}\) with an eigenvector, which we normalize to a unit vector \(e_{1}\) using Equation (5.41). Put \(\mathbb{S}=\gen{\set{e_{1}}}\), so that Equation (5.52) gives \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}=\set{w\in\mathbb{V}\mid\braket{e_{1}}{w}=0}\).

The complement is \(T\)-invariant. For \(w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\),

\[ \braket{e_{1}}{Tw}=\braket{T^{\dagger}e_{1}}{w} =\braket{Te_{1}}{w}=\braket{\lambda_{1}e_{1}}{w} =\lambda_{1}^{\ast}\braket{e_{1}}{w}=0\ec \]

so \(T(w)\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\).

Its dimension is \(n-1\). The map \(w\longmapsto\braket{e_{1}}{w}\) is a functional on \(\mathbb{V}\) by Equations (5.34) and (5.35), whose kernel is \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) and whose image is the whole of \(\C\), since it sends \(e_{1}\) to \(1\). Equation (5.68) gives \(\dim{\mathbb{S}^{\perp}}=n-1\).

The restriction \(\left.T\right|_{\mathbb{S}^{\perp}}\) is an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), and it is self-adjoint for the restricted inner product, since Equation (5.69) holds in particular for vectors lying in the subspace. The induction hypothesis therefore supplies an orthonormal basis \(\set{e_{2},\ldots,e_{n}}\) of \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) consisting of eigenvectors. Adjoining \(e_{1}\), which is a unit vector orthogonal to every element of \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), gives an orthonormal set of \(n\) eigenvectors; it is a basis by Lemma 5.38, an orthonormal set being independent (a vanishing combination paired with \(e_{j}\) returns its \(j\)-th coefficient). Equation (5.105) is then Theorem 5.77, and the eigenvalues are real by part 1.

Finally, grouping the basis by eigenvalue writes \(\mathbb{V}\) as a sum of subspaces \(\mathbb{V}_{\lambda}\subseteq\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\), mutually orthogonal by part 2. The inclusion is an equality: an eigenvector \(v\) with eigenvalue \(\lambda\) expands as \(v=\sum_{i}\braket{e_{i}}{v}e_{i}\), and pairing \(T(v)=\lambda v\) with \(e_{i}\) gives \(\lambda_{i}\braket{e_{i}}{v}=\lambda\braket{e_{i}}{v}\), so the coefficients with \(\lambda_{i}\neq\lambda\) vanish and \(v\in\mathbb{V}_{\lambda}\).

Theorem 5.80 (Simultaneous diagonalization of commuting self-adjoint operators).

Let \(A\) and \(B\) be self-adjoint operators on a complex inner-product space \(\mathbb{V}\) with \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\). There exists an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{V}\) whose elements are eigenvectors of \(A\) and of \(B\) simultaneously if and only if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.106} \comm{A}{B}=AB-BA=\Theta\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Theorem 5.79, Definition 5.41 and Equation (5.102).

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.80. (\(\Rightarrow\)) The easy direction. Let \(\set{e_{i}}\) be a common eigenbasis, \(Ae_{i}=\alpha_{i}e_{i}\) and \(Be_{i}=\beta_{i}e_{i}\). Then

\[ \left(AB\right)e_{i}=\beta_{i}\,Ae_{i}=\alpha_{i}\beta_{i}e_{i} =\alpha_{i}\,Be_{i}=\left(BA\right)e_{i}\ec \]

the scalars commuting in \(\C\); two linear operators agreeing on a basis agree everywhere, so \(\comm{A}{B}=\Theta\).

(\(\Leftarrow\)) Assume Equation (5.106). By Theorem 5.79 applied to \(A\), the space is the orthogonal direct sum of the eigenspaces \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\) of \(A\), over the finitely many distinct eigenvalues \(\lambda\) of \(A\).

Each eigenspace of \(A\) is \(B\)-invariant. Let \(v\in\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\). Then

\[ A\left(Bv\right)=B\left(Av\right)=B\left(\lambda v\right) =\lambda\left(Bv\right)\ec \]

the first equality being Equation (5.106), so \(Bv\in\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\) by Equation (5.102). Note that this step, and only this step, uses the commutation.

The restriction \(\left.B\right|_{\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}}\) is therefore an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\), and it is self-adjoint for the restricted inner product. Theorem 5.79, applied to it on the space \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\), supplies an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\) consisting of eigenvectors of \(B\); and every vector of \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}\) is already an eigenvector of \(A\) with eigenvalue \(\lambda\). Collecting these bases over all \(\lambda\) gives an orthonormal set — vectors from different eigenspaces are orthogonal by Theorem 5.79, part 2 — of \(\sum_{\lambda}\dim{\mathbb{E}_{\lambda}}=\dim{\mathbb{V}}\) vectors, each an eigenvector of both operators. It is a basis for the reason given at the end of the proof of Theorem 5.79.

Remark 5.81 (This is the theorem of compatible observables).

Theorem 5.80 is the piece of linear algebra on which the quantum-mechanical notion of compatibility rests. An observable is represented by a self-adjoint operator (Postulate 77.2) and a measurement returns one of its eigenvalues (Postulate 77.3), so two observables can be assigned definite values in one and the same state exactly when the two operators share an eigenvector — and can be assigned definite values in every state of a complete set exactly when they share a whole eigenbasis, which by the theorem happens exactly when they commute. The familiar statement that non-commuting observables cannot be simultaneously sharp is the contrapositive of the direction proved first, the easy one: a common eigenbasis forces the two operators to commute, so operators that fail to commute have none. Note that the eigenvalues are the measured quantities and therefore carry SI units — joules for an energy, \(\mathrm{J}\,\mathrm{s}\) for an angular momentum — while the operators' being self-adjoint is what makes those numbers real, by part 1 of Theorem 5.79.

The other operator physics diagonalizes constantly is the unitary one, and self-adjointness plainly fails for it. Splitting an operator into a self-adjoint and an anti-self-adjoint part reduces that case to the two theorems just proved, at the cost of nothing new.

Corollary 5.82 (Spectral theorem for a normal operator).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a complex vector space with an inner product and \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\), and let \(A\) be an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{V}\). Then \(\mathbb{V}\) possesses an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors of \(A\) if and only if \(A\) is normal,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.107} A^{\dagger}A=AA^{\dagger}\ep \end{equation}

In particular every unitary operator, \(U^{\dagger}U=UU^{\dagger} =\identity\) (Equation (5.171)), is normal, hence orthonormally diagonalizable, and its eigenvalues all have modulus \(1\). Rests on Theorem 5.80 and Proposition 5.42.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.82. Necessity. In an orthonormal eigenbasis \(\left[A\right]\) is diagonal, so \(\left[A^{\dagger}\right]=\left[A\right]^{\dagger}\) is the array of the conjugate eigenvalues by Equation (5.70), and two diagonal arrays commute.

Sufficiency. Put

\[ H=\frac{1}{2}\left(A+A^{\dagger}\right)\ec\qquad K=\frac{1}{2\ii}\left(A-A^{\dagger}\right)\ec \]

so that \(A=H+\ii K\) and \(A^{\dagger}=H-\ii K\) by inspection. Both are self-adjoint: in an orthonormal basis Equation (5.70) makes \(\left[H\right]^{\dagger}=\left(\left[A\right]^{\dagger} +\left[A\right]\right)/2=\left[H\right]\), while conjugating the factor \(1/(2\ii)\) changes its sign and reversing the difference changes it back, so \(\left[K\right]^{\dagger}=\left[K\right]\) as well. Multiplying out,

\[ A^{\dagger}A=H^{2}+K^{2}+\ii\comm{H}{K}\ec\qquad AA^{\dagger}=H^{2}+K^{2}-\ii\comm{H}{K}\ec \]

so Equation (5.107) holds precisely when \(\comm{H}{K}=\Theta\). Theorem 5.80 then supplies an orthonormal basis \(\set{e_{i}}\) with \(He_{i}=h_{i}e_{i}\) and \(Ke_{i}=k_{i}e_{i}\), the eigenvalues real by part 1 of Theorem 5.79, whence \(Ae_{i}=\left(h_{i}+\ii k_{i}\right) e_{i}\): the basis diagonalizes \(A\), with eigenvalues sweeping the complex plane rather than the real line.

Unitary operators. \(U^{\dagger}U=UU^{\dagger}=\identity\) is Equation (5.107) outright. If \(Ue=\lambda e\) with \(e\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), then Equations (5.34), (5.36) and (5.69) give \(\braket{e}{e}=\braket{U^{\dagger}Ue}{e}=\braket{Ue}{Ue} =\abs{\lambda}^{2}\braket{e}{e}\), and \(\braket{e}{e}>0\) by Equation (5.32) leaves \(\abs{\lambda}=1\).

Remark 5.83 (What fails in infinite dimension).

Every step above used \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\), and the failure in infinite dimension is not a technicality but a change of subject.

  • An operator may have no eigenvalue at all. On the space of square-integrable functions on an interval, multiplication by the coordinate, \(\left(Qf\right)(x)=xf(x)\), is self-adjoint and bounded, yet \(Qf=\lambda f\) forces \(f\) to vanish wherever \(x\neq\lambda\), hence to be the zero element. Corollary 5.72 is unavailable because \(p_{T}\) does not exist: there is no determinant.

  • The spectrum must therefore be redefined, as the set of \(\lambda\) for which \(T-\lambda\identity\) fails to be invertible rather than the set for which it fails to be injective — two conditions that Proposition 5.49 makes identical here and that Remark 5.50 has already shown to part company.

  • The diagonal sum is replaced by an integral. The finite-dimensional statement Equation (5.105) becomes a spectral decomposition against a projection-valued measure, which is the form the theorem takes for the operators of quantum mechanics, including the unbounded ones whose domains must be specified before the word “self-adjoint” even means anything [vonNeumann:1932]. All of this, the spectral theorem in its Hilbert-space form and the specification of domains alike, is the business of Hilbert Spaces.

What survives unchanged is parts 1 and 2 of Theorem 5.79: their proofs used only Equation (5.69) and the inner-product axioms, never a basis or a dimension.

The real symmetric case

Theorem 5.79 is a statement about a complex space, and it has to be: its proof reaches for Corollary 5.72, which holds over \(\C\) and fails over \(\R\). The operators of mechanics, however, are real symmetric arrays — a matrix of masses, a matrix of stiffnesses, a tensor of inertia — and their eigenvectors have to be real if they are to be displacements or axes. What follows is the real form of the theorem, obtained by borrowing from the complex one only the one thing \(\R\) cannot supply, namely that the roots exist.

Theorem 5.84 (Spectral theorem for a real symmetric operator).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a real vector space with an inner product and \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), and let \(S\) be self-adjoint, \(\braket{Su}{v}=\braket{u}{Sv}\) for all \(u,v\in\mathbb{V}\). Then the characteristic polynomial of \(S\) has \(n\) real roots counted with multiplicity, and \(\mathbb{V}\) possesses an orthonormal basis \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{n}}\) of eigenvectors of \(S\). Equivalently: for every real symmetric array \(A\) of order \(n\) there is a real orthogonal \(R\), \(R\transpose R=\identity\), with

\begin{equation}\tag{5.108} R\transpose AR=\diag\left(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n}\right)\ec \qquad\lambda_{r}\in\R\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Theorem 5.79, Theorem 5.71 and Proposition 5.28.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.84. The two statements are one. Fix an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{V}\), which exists by Proposition 5.28, and let \(A\) be the matrix of \(S\) in it. Over \(\R\) the conjugation in Equation (5.70) is the identity, so self-adjointness reads \(A\transpose=A\); and a basis of eigenvectors written as the columns of \(R\) turns orthonormality into \(R\transpose R=\identity\) and the eigenvalue equations into Equation (5.108).

The roots are real. Read the same array \(A\) as the matrix of an operator on \(\C^{n}\) with the standard inner product \(\braket{u}{v}=\sum_{i}\left(u^{i}\right)^{\ast}v^{i}\). Its adjoint matrix is the conjugate transpose Equation (5.70), which for a real symmetric \(A\) is \(A\) itself, so the operator is self-adjoint and part 1 of Theorem 5.79 makes every one of its eigenvalues real. The characteristic polynomial is the same polynomial in both readings, being computed from the same array by Equation (5.19); over \(\C\) it has \(n\) roots with multiplicity by Theorem 8.19, and each of them is an eigenvalue by Theorem 5.71, hence real.

Each root has a real eigenvector. Let \(\lambda\) be one of them. It is a real scalar and a root of the characteristic polynomial of \(S\), so Theorem 5.71 — applied now over \(\mathbb{K}=\R\), where it holds verbatim — makes it an eigenvalue of \(S\): there is a \(v\in\mathbb{V}\setminus\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\) with \(Sv=\lambda v\). This is the step at which the complexification is discharged, and it is the only one that needed it.

Induction on \(n\). Normalize \(e_{1}=v/\norm{v}\) and let \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) be the orthogonal complement Equation (5.52) of \(\gen{\set{e_{1}}}\). The computation made in part 3 of the proof of Theorem 5.79 used only Equation (5.69) and the inner-product axioms, never the complex field, so it holds here word for word: \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is \(S\)-invariant, \(\dim{\mathbb{S}^{\perp}}=n-1\) by Equation (5.68), and the restriction of \(S\) to it is self-adjoint for the restricted inner product. The induction hypothesis supplies an orthonormal basis \(\set{e_{2},\ldots,e_{n}}\) of \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) made of eigenvectors, and adjoining \(e_{1}\) completes one for \(\mathbb{V}\).

Remark 5.85 (Principal axes).

Equation (5.108) is the statement a physicist uses under the name principal axes: a real symmetric array — of inertia, of strain, of stress, of electric polarizability — is diagonal in some orthonormal frame, and that frame is obtained from any other by a rotation or a reflection, never by a shear. The eigenvalues are then physically measured numbers and carry SI units: \(\mathrm{kg}\,\mathrm{m}^{2}\) for the principal moments of inertia, \(\mathrm{Pa}\) for the principal stresses. Note what distinguishes this from Theorem 5.116, which also brings a real symmetric form to a diagonal one: there the change of basis is an arbitrary congruence and only the signs survive it, here it is orthogonal and the eigenvalues themselves survive. Both are true of the same array and they answer different questions.

Theorem 5.86 (Simultaneous diagonalization of a definite pencil).

Let \(M\) and \(K\) be real symmetric arrays of order \(n\) with \(M\) positive definite. Then there is an invertible real array \(U\) with

\begin{equation}\tag{5.109} U\transpose MU=\identity\ec\qquad U\transpose KU=\diag\left(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n}\right)\ec \qquad\lambda_{r}\in\R\ep \end{equation}

Equivalently, the generalized eigenvalue problem

\begin{equation}\tag{5.110} Ku=\lambda Mu \end{equation}

has exactly \(n\) real roots \(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{n}\) counted with multiplicity, and \(\R^{n}\) has a basis \(\set{u_{1},\ldots,u_{n}}\) of solutions which is orthonormal for the inner product \(\braket{u}{v}_{M}=u\transpose Mv\). The numbers of positive, negative and vanishing \(\lambda_{r}\) are the triple \((p,q,r)\) that Theorem 5.116 attaches to \(K\), and are therefore the same for every \(U\) achieving Equation (5.109). Rests on Theorem 5.84, Proposition 5.28 and Theorem 5.116.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.86. \(M\) supplies an inner product. Put \(\braket{u}{v}_{M}=u\transpose Mv\) on \(\R^{n}\). It is linear in each argument by inspection, symmetric because \(M\transpose=M\), and positive definite by hypothesis, so it satisfies Equations (5.31), (5.32), (5.33), (5.34) and (5.35) and is an inner product in the sense of Definition 5.18, the conjugation being trivial over \(\R\).

A first change of basis makes \(M\) the identity. Proposition 5.28, applied to the standard basis of \(\R^{n}\) in this inner product, produces a basis \(\set{w_{1},\ldots,w_{n}}\) with \(\braket{w_{k}}{w_{l}}_{M}=\delta_{kl}\). Let \(W\) be the array whose columns are the \(w_{k}\): it is invertible, its columns being a basis, and the orthonormality relations are exactly \(W\transpose MW=\identity\).

A second, orthogonal, change of basis diagonalizes \(K\). The array \(\tilde{K}=W\transpose KW\) is real and symmetric, since \(\left(W\transpose KW\right)\transpose =W\transpose K\transpose W=\tilde{K}\). By Theorem 5.84 there is a real orthogonal \(R\) with \(R\transpose\tilde{K}R=\diag\left(\lambda_{r}\right)\) and every \(\lambda_{r}\) real. Put \(U=WR\), invertible as a product of invertible arrays. Then

\[ U\transpose MU=R\transpose\left(W\transpose MW\right)R =R\transpose R=\identity\ec\qquad U\transpose KU=R\transpose\tilde{K}R =\diag\left(\lambda_{r}\right)\ec \]

which is Equation (5.109).

The second statement is the first one read column by column. Write \(u_{r}\) for the \(r\)-th column of \(U\). The first relation of Equation (5.109) says \(u_{k}\transpose Mu_{l}=\delta_{kl}\), the asserted \(M\)-orthonormality; and with \(\Lambda=\diag\left(\lambda_{r}\right)\) the two relations combine into \(U\transpose KU=\Lambda=U\transpose MU\Lambda\), so that \(U\transpose\left(KU-MU\Lambda\right)=0\) and, \(U\transpose\) being invertible, \(KU=MU\Lambda\) — whose \(r\)-th column is Equation (5.110) for \(u_{r}\) with \(\lambda=\lambda_{r}\). That these are all the roots follows from

\[ \det\left(K-\lambda M\right) =\left(\det U\right)^{-2} \det\left(U\transpose KU-\lambda\,U\transpose MU\right) =\left(\det U\right)^{-2}\prod_{r=1}^{n} \left(\lambda_{r}-\lambda\right)\ec \]

a polynomial of degree \(n\) whose roots with multiplicity are the \(\lambda_{r}\).

Signature. Equation (5.109) exhibits \(\diag\left(\lambda_{r}\right)\) as congruent to \(K\) in the sense of Equation (5.139). Rescaling each column of \(U\) by \(\abs{\lambda_{r}}^{-1/2}\) wherever \(\lambda_{r}\neq0\) is a further congruence and brings the array to Equation (5.142) with \(p\), \(q\) and \(r\) the counts of positive, negative and vanishing \(\lambda_{r}\); Theorem 5.116 says those counts are the same for every basis reaching that form.

Remark 5.87 (What a definite pencil is).

The hypothesis that carries Theorem 5.86 is the definiteness of one of the two forms, not of both: \(K\) is allowed any signature, and the sign of \(\lambda_{r}\) records it. Neither \(M^{-1}K\) nor \(KM^{-1}\) is symmetric in general, which is why the theorem is not a corollary of Theorem 5.84 applied to one of them; what is true, and is what the proof exploits, is that \(M^{-1}K\) is self-adjoint for the inner product \(M\) itself defines. The statement fails outright without definiteness — for \(M=\diag(1,-1)\) and \(K=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1\\ 1 & 0\end{pmatrix}\) the roots of Equation (5.110) are \(\pm\ii\) — so the positive definiteness is not a convenience. In mechanics it is supplied by the kinetic energy: \(M\) is a matrix of masses, in \(\mathrm{kg}\), and \(u\transpose Mu\) is twice a kinetic energy per unit squared velocity, which is positive for every motion that is not rest.

Proposition 5.88 (Rayleigh quotient of a definite pencil).

In the notation of Theorem 5.86, order the roots \(\lambda_{1}\leq\lambda_{2}\leq\ldots\leq\lambda_{n}\) and define the Rayleigh quotient

\begin{equation}\tag{5.111} \mathcal{R}(u)=\frac{u\transpose Ku}{u\transpose Mu}\ec\qquad u\in\R^{n}\setminus\set{0}\ep \end{equation}

Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.112} \lambda_{1}\leq\mathcal{R}(u)\leq\lambda_{n}\ec \end{equation}

and \(\mathcal{R}(u)=\lambda_{1}\) holds exactly when \(u\) solves Equation (5.110) with \(\lambda=\lambda_{1}\), while \(\mathcal{R}(u)=\lambda_{n}\) holds exactly when it solves it with \(\lambda=\lambda_{n}\). In particular \(\lambda_{1}\) is the minimum and \(\lambda_{n}\) the maximum of \(\mathcal{R}\), both attained. Rests on Theorem 5.86.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.88. The denominator never vanishes, \(M\) being positive definite. Expand \(u\) in the \(M\)-orthonormal basis of Theorem 5.86, \(u=\sum_{r}c^{r}u_{r}\), not all \(c^{r}\) zero. Then \(u\transpose Mu=\sum_{r}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}\) and \(u\transpose Ku=\sum_{r}\lambda_{r}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}\), so

\begin{equation}\tag{5.113} \mathcal{R}(u)=\frac{\sum_{r}\lambda_{r}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}} {\sum_{r}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}}\ec \end{equation}

a weighted average of the roots with non-negative weights not all zero, which lies between the smallest and the largest of them — that is Equation (5.112). Subtracting,

\[ \mathcal{R}(u)-\lambda_{1} =\frac{\sum_{r}\left(\lambda_{r}-\lambda_{1}\right) \left(c^{r}\right)^{2}}{\sum_{r}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}}\ec \]

a sum of non-negative terms, which vanishes exactly when \(c^{r}=0\) for every \(r\) with \(\lambda_{r}>\lambda_{1}\) — that is, exactly when \(u\) lies in the span of the \(u_{r}\) belonging to \(\lambda_{1}\), which by Equation (5.110) is exactly the solution set for \(\lambda=\lambda_{1}\). The maximum is the same computation with the signs reversed, and both are attained, at \(u_{1}\) and at \(u_{n}\).

Corollary 5.89 (Rayleigh–Ritz).

Every trial vector bounds the lowest root from above, \(\lambda_{1}\leq\mathcal{R}(u)\), and the bound is second-order accurate: if \(u=u_{1}+w\) with \(w\) \(M\)-orthogonal to \(u_{1}\) and \(w\transpose Mw=\varepsilon^{2}\), then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.114} 0\leq\mathcal{R}(u)-\lambda_{1}\leq \left(\lambda_{n}-\lambda_{1}\right) \frac{\varepsilon^{2}}{1+\varepsilon^{2}}\ep \end{equation}

A first-order error in the trial vector therefore costs only a second-order error in the estimate, which is what makes the method worth using. Rests on Proposition 5.88 and Theorem 5.86.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.89. The inequality \(\lambda_{1}\leq\mathcal{R}(u)\) is Equation (5.112). For the estimate, write \(w=\sum_{r\geq2}c^{r}u_{r}\) — legitimate because \(w\) is \(M\)-orthogonal to \(u_{1}\) — so that \(\varepsilon^{2}=\sum_{r\geq2}\left(c^{r}\right)^{2}\) and, by Equation (5.113) with \(c^{1}=1\),

\[ \mathcal{R}(u)-\lambda_{1} =\frac{\sum_{r\geq2}\left(\lambda_{r}-\lambda_{1}\right) \left(c^{r}\right)^{2}}{1+\varepsilon^{2}} \leq\left(\lambda_{n}-\lambda_{1}\right) \frac{\varepsilon^{2}}{1+\varepsilon^{2}}\ec \]

each factor \(\lambda_{r}-\lambda_{1}\) being at most \(\lambda_{n}-\lambda_{1}\).

Proposition 5.90 (Polar decomposition).

Every invertible real array \(A\) of order \(n\) factors as

\begin{equation}\tag{5.115} A=OP\ec\qquad O\transpose O=\identity\ec\qquad P\transpose=P\ \text{positive definite}\ec \end{equation}

and the two factors are uniquely determined by \(A\). Rests on Theorem 5.84 and Proposition 5.49.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.90. Existence. \(B=A\transpose A\) is symmetric, and for \(x\neq0\), \(x\transpose Bx=\left(Ax\right)\transpose\left(Ax\right)>0\), since \(A\) is invertible and therefore injective (Proposition 5.49), so \(Ax\neq0\). By Theorem 5.84, \(B=R\diag\left(\mu_{r}\right)R\transpose\) with \(R\) orthogonal, and each \(\mu_{r}>0\), being \(x\transpose Bx\) for the corresponding unit eigenvector. Put

\[ P=R\diag\left(\sqrt{\mu_{r}}\right)R\transpose\ec \]

symmetric by inspection, positive definite because its eigenvalues \(\sqrt{\mu_{r}}\) are positive, and satisfying \(P^{2}=B\) and hence invertible. Set \(O=AP^{-1}\); then, \(P^{-1}\) being symmetric,

\[ O\transpose O=P^{-1}A\transpose AP^{-1} =P^{-1}P^{2}P^{-1}=\identity\ep \]

Uniqueness. Suppose \(A=OP\) as in Equation (5.115). Then \(A\transpose A=P\,O\transpose O\,P=P^{2}\), so \(P\) is a positive definite symmetric square root of the array \(B\) fixed by \(A\). There is only one. Indeed such a \(P\) commutes with \(B=P^{2}\), so it maps each eigenspace \(\mathbb{E}_{\mu}\) of \(B\) into itself: \(Bx=\mu x\) gives \(B(Px)=P(Bx)=\mu\,Px\). The restriction of \(P\) to \(\mathbb{E}_{\mu}\) is symmetric, so by Theorem 5.84 that subspace has a basis of eigenvectors of \(P\), whose eigenvalues \(\nu\) satisfy \(\nu^{2}=\mu\) and \(\nu>0\), hence \(\nu=\sqrt{\mu}\): \(P\) acts on \(\mathbb{E}_{\mu}\) as multiplication by \(\sqrt{\mu}\). Since the eigenspaces of \(B\) span \(\R^{n}\) by Theorem 5.84, \(P\) is determined by \(B\), and then \(O=AP^{-1}\) is determined too.

Corollary 5.91 (The operator norm of a real array).

For a real array \(L\) of order \(n\) put \(\norm{L}=\max\set{\norm{Lx}\ \mid\ x\in\R^{n},\ \norm{x}=1}\), the maximum being attained. Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.116} \norm{L}^{2}=\lambda_{\max}\left(L\transpose L\right) =\lambda_{\max}\left(LL\transpose\right)\ec \end{equation}

the largest eigenvalue of either of those two symmetric positive semi-definite arrays. Rests on Proposition 5.88 and Theorem 5.84.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.91. \(\norm{Lx}^{2}=x\transpose\left(L\transpose L\right)x\), and \(L\transpose L\) is symmetric with \(x\transpose L\transpose Lx=\norm{Lx}^{2}\geq0\), hence positive semi-definite. Taking \(M=\identity\) in Proposition 5.88, which is legitimate because the identity is positive definite, the quotient \(\norm{Lx}^{2}/\norm{x}^{2}\) has maximum \(\lambda_{\max}\left(L\transpose L\right)\), attained at a corresponding eigenvector; restricting to \(\norm{x}=1\) gives the first equality of Equation (5.116) and the attainment.

For the second, let \(L\transpose Lv=\lambda v\) with \(v\neq0\) and \(\lambda\neq0\). Then \(Lv\neq0\), since \(L\transpose Lv\neq0\), and \(LL\transpose\left(Lv\right)=L\left(L\transpose Lv\right) =\lambda\,Lv\): every non-zero eigenvalue of \(L\transpose L\) is one of \(LL\transpose\), and by symmetry of the argument the converse holds too. If instead \(\lambda_{\max}\left(L\transpose L\right)=0\) then, all its eigenvalues being non-negative and at most \(0\), \(L\transpose L\) has every eigenvalue zero, so \(\norm{Lx}^{2}=0\) for every \(x\) by Equation (5.108), so \(L=0\) and both sides vanish.

Proposition 5.92 (The eigenvalues do not control the norm).

Let \(A\) be a real array of order \(n\geq2\) and \(\norm{A}\) its operator norm.

  1. If \(Av=\lambda v\) with \(v\in\R^{n}\setminus\set{0}\) and \(\lambda\in\R\), then \(\abs{\lambda}\leq\norm{A}\).

  2. If \(A\) is symmetric, then \(\norm{A}=\max_{r}\abs{\lambda_{r}}\) over its eigenvalues.

  3. Without symmetry the second statement fails, and fails unboundedly: for

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.117} A=\begin{pmatrix}\lambda & c\\ 0 & \lambda\end{pmatrix} \end{equation}

    — extended to order \(n\) by zeros — every eigenvalue has modulus \(\abs{\lambda}\) or is zero, while \(\norm{A}\geq\abs{c}\), and \(c\) is free.

Rests on Corollary 5.91 and Theorem 5.84.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.92. 1. Normalize \(v\); then \(\abs{\lambda}=\norm{\lambda v}=\norm{Av}\leq\norm{A}\) by the definition of the operator norm.

2. For symmetric \(A\), Equation (5.108) gives \(A\transpose A=A^{2}=R\diag\left(\lambda_{r}^{2}\right)R\transpose\), so the eigenvalues of \(A\transpose A\) are the \(\lambda_{r}^{2}\) and Equation (5.116) gives \(\norm{A}^{2}=\max_{r}\lambda_{r}^{2}\).

3. The characteristic polynomial of Equation (5.117) is \(\left(\lambda-\mu\right)^{2}\), so \(\lambda\) is its only eigenvalue, whatever \(c\); the padding contributes only the eigenvalue \(0\). Applying \(A\) to the second standard basis vector gives the vector with components \((c,\lambda)\), of norm at least \(\abs{c}\), so \(\norm{A}\geq\abs{c}\).

Remark 5.93 (What this costs elsewhere).

Proposition 5.92 is the linear-algebraic root of a fact that surprises whoever meets it first in a physical problem: an array every one of whose eigenvalues is small can still stretch some vector by a large factor. The eigenvectors of a non-symmetric array are in general not orthogonal, so a superposition of them can be much shorter than its individual terms, and cancellations of that kind can be undone by the array. The dynamical consequence — that a linear system every one of whose modes decays can nevertheless amplify a disturbance by a large factor before decaying — is a statement about the exponential of \(A\) rather than about \(A\), and this chapter does not make it; what belongs here is the statement that the spectrum is not the norm.

Quadrics and the conic sections

Proposition 5.94 (Principal axes of a real quadratic form).

Let \(q(x)=x\transpose Ax\) on \(\R^{n}\) with \(A\) real and symmetric. Then there is an orthogonal change of coordinates \(x=Ry\) in which

\begin{equation}\tag{5.118} q=\sum_{r=1}^{n}\lambda_{r}\left(y^{r}\right)^{2}\ec \end{equation}

the \(\lambda_{r}\) being the eigenvalues of \(A\) and the columns of \(R\) — the principal axes of \(q\) — an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors. The level set \(\set{q=1}\) is accordingly an ellipsoid when every \(\lambda_{r}>0\); when the signs differ it is a hyperboloid, when some \(\lambda_{r}\) vanishes a cylinder over one of these, and when no \(\lambda_{r}\) is positive it is empty. Rests on Theorem 5.84, Theorem 5.116 and Definition 5.117.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.94. Substituting \(x=Ry\) gives \(q=y\transpose\left(R\transpose AR\right)y\), and Equation (5.108) makes the array in the middle diagonal with the eigenvalues along it, which is Equation (5.118). The level set is then read off Equation (5.118) term by term, and the pattern of signs is the signature of Theorem 5.116 and Definition 5.117, hence independent of every choice made along the way.

Proposition 5.95 (The focal polar equation of a conic).

Let \(p>0\) and \(e\geq0\), and let \(C\subset\R^{2}\) be the set of points whose polar coordinates \(x=r\cos{\varphi}\), \(y=r\sin{\varphi}\) with \(r>0\) satisfy

\begin{equation}\tag{5.119} r=\frac{p}{1+e\cos{\varphi}}\ep \end{equation}

Then \(C\) is exactly the set of points of the quadric

\begin{equation}\tag{5.120} \left(1-e^{2}\right)x^{2}+y^{2}+2pe\,x-p^{2}=0 \end{equation}

obeying \(ex<p\); and for \(e>0\) it is the locus of points whose distance to the origin is \(e\) times their distance to the line \(x=p/e\). The quadratic part of Equation (5.120) is already in the principal axes of Proposition 5.94, with eigenvalues \(1-e^{2}\) and \(1\), so that

  1. for \(0\leq e<1\), \(C\) is an ellipse with semi-axes

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.121} a=\frac{p}{1-e^{2}}\ec\qquad b=\frac{p}{\sqrt{1-e^{2}}}\ec \end{equation}

    centred at \((-ae,0)\): the origin is one of its two foci, the foci lie \(2ae\) apart, and the area enclosed is \(\pi ab\);

  2. for \(e=1\), \(C\) is the parabola \(y^{2}=p^{2}-2px\), whose focus is the origin;

  3. for \(e>1\), \(C\) is the branch \(ex<p\) of a hyperbola, again with the origin at a focus.

In every case \(p=r(\pi/2)\), the semi-latus rectum. Rests on Proposition 5.94, Equation (5.10) and Corollary 7.44.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.95. The two descriptions agree. Multiplying Equation (5.119) out and using \(r\cos{\varphi}=x\) gives

\begin{equation}\tag{5.122} r=p-ex\ec \end{equation}

which requires \(ex<p\) because \(r>0\); squaring it and substituting \(r^{2}=x^{2}+y^{2}\) produces Equation (5.120). Conversely let a point satisfy Equation (5.120) with \(ex<p\). It is not the origin, which would give \(-p^{2}=0\), so \(r>0\); and Equation (5.120) says \(r^{2}=\left(p-ex\right)^{2}\) with \(p-ex>0\), so Equation (5.122) holds and, divided by \(r\), returns Equation (5.119). For \(e>0\) the distance from the point to the line \(x=p/e\) is \(p/e-x\), positive by the same inequality, and Equation (5.122) says exactly \(r=e\left(p/e-x\right)\). Putting \(\varphi=\pi/2\) in Equation (5.119) gives \(r=p\).

\(0\leq e<1\). Completing the square in Equation (5.120),

\[ \left(1-e^{2}\right)\left(x+\frac{pe}{1-e^{2}}\right)^{2}+y^{2} =p^{2}+\frac{p^{2}e^{2}}{1-e^{2}}=\frac{p^{2}}{1-e^{2}}\ec \]

and dividing by the right-hand side gives

\begin{equation}\tag{5.123} \frac{\left(x+ae\right)^{2}}{a^{2}}+\frac{y^{2}}{b^{2}}=1 \end{equation}

with \(a\) and \(b\) as in Equation (5.121), since \(pe/(1-e^{2})=ae\). This is an ellipse centred at \((-ae,0)\), and

\[ a^{2}-b^{2}=\frac{p^{2}}{\left(1-e^{2}\right)^{2}} -\frac{p^{2}}{1-e^{2}} =\frac{p^{2}e^{2}}{\left(1-e^{2}\right)^{2}}=\left(ae\right)^{2}\ec \]

so the two foci, at distance \(\sqrt{a^{2}-b^{2}}=ae\) from the centre along the major axis, are the origin and \((-2ae,0)\). The side condition \(ex<p\) is automatic here: Equation (5.123) confines \(x\) to \(x\leq a(1-e)=p/(1+e)\), and \(ep/(1+e)<p\).

The area. For each \(u=x+ae\) in \([-a,a]\), Equation (5.123) gives a vertical segment of length \(2b\sqrt{1-u^{2}/a^{2}}\), so the area enclosed is, substituting first \(u=at\) and then \(t=\sin{\theta}\) by Corollary 7.44,

\begin{align*} \int_{-a}^{a}2b\sqrt{1-\frac{u^{2}}{a^{2}}}\,\dd u & = 2ab\int_{-1}^{1}\sqrt{1-t^{2}}\,\dd t\\ & = 2ab\int_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2}\cos^{2}{\theta}\,\dd\theta\\ & = ab\int_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2} \left(1+\cos{2\theta}\right)\dd\theta && \text{by Equation (5.10)}\\ & = \pi ab\ec \end{align*}

the integral of \(\cos{2\theta}\) vanishing over a full period of it.

\(e=1\) and \(e>1\). For \(e=1\) the quadratic part loses its \(x^{2}\) term and Equation (5.120) becomes \(y^{2}=p^{2}-2px\), a parabola with vertex \((p/2,0)\) opening towards decreasing \(x\); written as \(y^{2}=-2p\left(x-p/2\right)\) it has focal length \(p/2\), so its focus is at \((p/2-p/2,0)\), the origin. For \(e>1\) the eigenvalues \(1-e^{2}\) and \(1\) have opposite signs, so by Proposition 5.94 the quadric is a hyperbola; the side condition \(ex<p\) selects the branch containing the point \(\varphi=\pi/2\), since the other branch lies where \(p-ex<0\).

Remark 5.96 (Why a physics chapter needs this).

Equation (5.119) is the form in which an orbit under an inverse-square force emerges from its equation of motion, with \(p\) and \(e\) built out of the angular momentum and the energy. Without Proposition 5.95 the sentence “the orbit is an ellipse with the force centre at a focus” would be a name attached to a formula; with it, it is a theorem about a locus, and the semi-axes Equation (5.121) and the area \(\pi ab\) are what turn the formula into the periods that are actually measured. The three cases are distinguished by the signature of the quadratic part, so the trichotomy ellipse–parabola–hyperbola is a statement about Theorem 5.116 and not about the coordinates chosen.

Generalized eigenspaces

Theorem 5.77 tells us when an operator has an eigenbasis. When it has none, the question is what it has instead, and the answer over \(\C\) is that the space still splits into subspaces on each of which the operator is a scalar plus something nilpotent. That is all the structure the physical parts of this treatise ever use, and it is proved here in full.

Lemma 5.97 (Fitting splitting).

Let \(T\) be an endomorphism of a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) over \(\mathbb{K}\) with \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), let \(\lambda\in\mathbb{K}\), and write \(N=T-\lambda\identity\). Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.124} \mathbb{V}=\ker\left(N^{n}\right)\oplus\im\left(N^{n}\right)\ec \end{equation}

both summands are \(T\)-invariant, and \(N\) is nilpotent on the first and invertible on the second. Rests on Theorem 5.40, Definition 5.39 and Proposition 5.49.

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.97. The kernels stabilize by step \(n\). The subspaces \(\ker\left(N^{k}\right)\) increase with \(k\). If two consecutive ones agree, \(\ker\left(N^{k}\right)=\ker\left(N^{k+1}\right)\), the chain is constant from there on: \(N^{k+2}v=0\) gives \(N^{k+1}\left(Nv\right)=0\), so \(Nv\in\ker\left(N^{k+1}\right)=\ker\left(N^{k}\right)\) and \(N^{k+1}v=0\). Every strict increase costs at least one dimension and the dimensions are bounded by \(n\), so a repetition has occurred by \(k=n\) and \(\ker\left(N^{n}\right)=\ker\left(N^{2n}\right)\).

The sum is direct and fills the space. Let \(v\) lie in both summands, \(v=N^{n}w\) with \(N^{n}v=0\). Then \(N^{2n}w=0\), so \(w\in\ker\left(N^{2n}\right)=\ker\left(N^{n}\right)\) and \(v=N^{n}w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). The two dimensions add up to \(n\) by Equation (5.68), so Equation (5.124) holds.

Invariance and the two behaviours. \(T\) commutes with \(N\) and hence with \(N^{n}\), so it carries kernel and image of \(N^{n}\) into themselves. On \(\ker\left(N^{n}\right)\) the power \(N^{n}\) vanishes by definition, so \(N\) is nilpotent there. On \(\im\left(N^{n}\right)\) the map \(N\) is injective — if \(v\) lies there and \(Nv=0\), then \(v\) lies in \(\ker N\), a subspace of \(\ker\left(N^{n}\right)\), so \(v\) lies in both summands and vanishes — and therefore invertible on it, by Proposition 5.49.

Theorem 5.98 (Primary decomposition).

Let \(T\) be an endomorphism of a complex vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) with \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\), and let \(\lambda_{1},\ldots,\lambda_{k}\) be its distinct eigenvalues. Write

\begin{equation}\tag{5.125} \mathbb{G}_{i}=\ker\left(\left( T-\lambda_{i}\identity\right)^{n}\right) \end{equation}

for the generalized eigenspace of \(\lambda_{i}\). Then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.126} \mathbb{V}=\mathbb{G}_{1}\oplus\ldots\oplus\mathbb{G}_{k}\ec \end{equation}

every \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\) is \(T\)-invariant and contains the eigenspace \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda_{i}}\), and \(T-\lambda_{i}\identity\) is nilpotent on \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\). Rests on Lemma 5.97, Corollary 5.72 and Equation (5.102).

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.98. By induction on \(n\). Corollary 5.72 supplies an eigenvalue \(\lambda_{1}\), and Lemma 5.97 applied to it splits \(\mathbb{V}=\mathbb{G}_{1}\oplus\mathbb{W}\) with \(\mathbb{W}=\im\left(N^{n}\right)\), \(N=T-\lambda_{1}\identity\). The first summand contains an eigenvector, so it is not trivial and \(\dim{\mathbb{W}}<n\). If \(\mathbb{W}\) is trivial, then \(k=1\) and there is nothing left to prove; otherwise \(T\) restricts to an endomorphism of \(\mathbb{W}\) and the induction hypothesis decomposes \(\mathbb{W}\) into the generalized eigenspaces, computed inside \(\mathbb{W}\), of the distinct eigenvalues of that restriction. Two identifications complete the argument, and both rest on one observation:

\(T-\mu\identity\) is invertible on \(\mathbb{G}_{1}\) for every \(\mu\neq\lambda_{1}\). On that subspace \(T-\mu\identity=N+\left(\lambda_{1}-\mu\right)\identity\) is a nilpotent operator plus a non-zero scalar, and such a sum is invertible: with \(c=\lambda_{1}-\mu\) and \(N^{n}=\Theta\) there, \(\left(N+c\identity\right)^{-1} =c^{-1}\sum_{j=0}^{n-1}\left(-N/c\right)^{j}\), a finite sum, as multiplying out and telescoping shows.

The eigenvalues of \(T\) are \(\lambda_{1}\) together with those of the restriction. An eigenvector of the restriction is one of \(T\). Conversely let \(Tv=\mu v\) with \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\) and \(\mu\neq\lambda_{1}\), and split \(v=g+w\) along Equation (5.124); both summands being \(T\)-invariant, \(Tg=\mu g\), so \(\left(T-\mu\identity\right)g=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) and the observation forces \(g=0_{\mathbb{V}}\): the eigenvector lies in \(\mathbb{W}\).

The generalized eigenspaces agree. Fix \(\mu\neq\lambda_{1}\) and let \(v\in\ker\left(\left(T-\mu\identity\right)^{n}\right)\). Split \(v=g+w\) along Equation (5.124); both summands are \(T\)-invariant, so \(\left(T-\mu\identity\right)^{n}g=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), and the observation — which makes that operator invertible on \(\mathbb{G}_{1}\), a power of an invertible operator being invertible — forces \(g=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Hence \(\ker\left(\left(T-\mu\identity\right)^{n}\right)\) lies inside \(\mathbb{W}\). Computed inside \(\mathbb{W}\) it is the kernel of the \(\dim{\mathbb{W}}\)-th power, which by the first paragraph of the proof of Lemma 5.97 is the same subspace as the kernel of the \(n\)-th power. So Equation (5.126) is the induction hypothesis with \(\mathbb{G}_{1}\) adjoined.

Finally \(\mathbb{E}_{\lambda_{i}}\subseteq\mathbb{G}_{i}\) because a vector killed by \(T-\lambda_{i}\identity\) is killed by its powers (Equation (5.102)); invariance is Lemma 5.97; and the nilpotency is Equation (5.125) itself.

Corollary 5.99 (Semisimple and nilpotent parts).

With the notation of Theorem 5.98, let \(S\) be the operator acting on \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\) as multiplication by \(\lambda_{i}\), and put \(N=T-S\). Then \(S\) is diagonalizable, \(N\) satisfies \(N^{n}=\Theta\), and \(\comm{S}{N}=\Theta\). Consequently, in any basis adapted to Equation (5.126), the matrix of \(T\) is block diagonal, the \(i\)-th block being \(\lambda_{i}\identity\) plus a nilpotent array. Rests on Theorem 5.98 and Definition 5.76.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.99. Any basis of \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\) consists of eigenvectors of \(S\) with eigenvalue \(\lambda_{i}\), so collecting such bases over \(i\) diagonalizes \(S\), by Equation (5.126). On \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\) the operator \(N\) is \(T-\lambda_{i}\identity\), nilpotent with \(N^{n}=\Theta\) there by Equation (5.125); since the subspaces exhaust \(\mathbb{V}\), \(N^{n}=\Theta\) throughout. And on \(\mathbb{G}_{i}\) the operator \(S\) is a scalar, which commutes with everything that preserves the subspace, so \(\comm{S}{N}=\Theta\) on each summand and hence everywhere.

Remark 5.100 (What is and is not claimed here).

Corollary 5.99 is the whole of the structure this treatise uses. It is weaker than the classical normal form, which refines the nilpotent part of each block into a direct sum of single chains of prescribed lengths; that refinement is a finer classification of nilpotent operators, nothing in this treatise needs it, and it is therefore not carried here — an omission recorded rather than a result assumed. Note also what fails outside \(\C\): Theorem 5.98 rests on Corollary 5.72, so over \(\R\) the decomposition can be empty of content, exactly as diagonalizability can, and the honest statement for a real array is the one obtained by regarding it as complex. The use the physical parts make of the corollary — that a linear system of differential equations with constant coefficients has solutions of the form \(t^{j}\ee^{\lambda t}\) — is a statement about differential equations rather than about arrays, and this chapter does not make it.

Decomposition of vector spaces

Direct sum; direct product

Definition 5.101 (External direct sum).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be vector spaces over the same field \(\mathbb{K}\). Their direct sum \(\mathbb{V}\oplus\mathbb{W}\) is the Cartesian product \(\mathbb{V}\times\mathbb{W}\) with the operations performed in each slot separately,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.127} (v,w)+(v',w')=\left(v+v',\,w+w'\right)\ec\qquad a\,(v,w)=\left(av,\,aw\right)\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 4.33 and 5.5.

That this is a vector space is Example 5.8 once more, with the two slots playing the role of the two components: the neutral vector is \((0_{\mathbb{V}},0_{\mathbb{W}})\) and every axiom is verified slot by slot.

Proposition 5.102 (Dimensions add).

If \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) are finite-dimensional over the same field, then

\begin{equation}\tag{5.128} \dim{\left(\mathbb{V}\oplus\mathbb{W}\right)} =\dim{\mathbb{V}}+\dim{\mathbb{W}}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.101, Definition 5.15 and Lemma 5.38.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.102. Let \(\set{e_{i}}^{p}_{i=1}\) and \(\set{f_{j}}^{q}_{j=1}\) be bases of \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\). The \(p+q\) vectors \((e_{i},0_{\mathbb{W}})\) and \((0_{\mathbb{V}},f_{j})\) generate: any \((v,w)\) equals \(\sum_{i}v^{i}(e_{i},0_{\mathbb{W}}) +\sum_{j}w^{j}(0_{\mathbb{V}},f_{j})\) by Equation (5.127). They are independent: a vanishing combination has first slot \(\sum_{i}a^{i}e_{i}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) and second slot \(\sum_{j}b^{j}f_{j}=0_{\mathbb{W}}\), and each forces its own coefficients to vanish by Equation (5.29). So they form a basis, and Lemma 5.38 makes the count \(p+q\) the dimension.

The construction is also met the other way round, inside a space that is already given: one asks whether \(\mathbb{V}\) is assembled from two of its own subspaces.

Definition 5.103 (Sum of subspaces; internal direct sum).

Let \(\mathbb{U},\mathbb{W}\leq\mathbb{V}\) be subspaces. Their sum is

\begin{equation}\tag{5.129} \mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}=\set{u+w\mid u\in\mathbb{U},\ w\in\mathbb{W}}\ec \end{equation}

a subspace of \(\mathbb{V}\), since a linear combination of two such elements is again one, the \(\mathbb{U}\)-parts and the \(\mathbb{W}\)-parts combining separately. We say that \(\mathbb{V}\) is the internal direct sum of \(\mathbb{U}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\), written \(\mathbb{V}=\mathbb{U}\oplus\mathbb{W}\), if every \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) has exactly one decomposition \(v=u+w\) with \(u\in\mathbb{U}\) and \(w\in\mathbb{W}\); \(\mathbb{W}\) is then called a complement of \(\mathbb{U}\) in \(\mathbb{V}\). Rests on Definitions 5.7 and 5.101.

Proposition 5.104 (Criterion for a direct sum).

For subspaces \(\mathbb{U},\mathbb{W}\leq\mathbb{V}\) the following are equivalent:

  1. \(\mathbb{V}=\mathbb{U}\oplus\mathbb{W}\) in the sense of Definition 5.103;

  2. \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}=\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}=\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\).

When they hold, and \(\mathbb{V}\) is finite-dimensional, the map \((u,w)\longmapsto u+w\) is an isomorphism from the external direct sum onto \(\mathbb{V}\), so that

\begin{equation}\tag{5.130} \dim{\mathbb{V}}=\dim{\mathbb{U}}+\dim{\mathbb{W}}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.103, Proposition 5.102 and Definition 5.53.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.104. \((1)\Rightarrow(2)\): existence of a decomposition for every \(v\) is \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}=\mathbb{V}\). If \(x\in\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}\) then \(x=x+0_{\mathbb{V}}=0_{\mathbb{V}}+x\) are two decompositions of the same vector, the first with \(\mathbb{U}\)-part \(x\) and the second with \(\mathbb{U}\)-part \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\); uniqueness forces \(x=0_{\mathbb{V}}\).

\((2)\Rightarrow(1)\): existence is again the first half. For uniqueness, let \(u+w=u'+w'\) with \(u,u'\in\mathbb{U}\) and \(w,w'\in\mathbb{W}\). Then \(u-u'=w'-w\) lies in \(\mathbb{U}\) and in \(\mathbb{W}\), hence is \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\), so \(u=u'\) and \(w=w'\).

The isomorphism. The map \(\Sigma:(u,w)\longmapsto u+w\) is linear by Equation (5.127), surjective by the first half of (2), and injective because \(\Sigma(u,w)=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) gives \(u=-w\in\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}=\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\). It is therefore an isomorphism (Definition 5.53), and isomorphic spaces have equal dimension (Remark 5.55), so Equation (5.130) follows from Equation (5.128).

Proposition 5.105 (Grassmann's formula).

For subspaces \(\mathbb{U},\mathbb{W}\) of a finite-dimensional space,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.131} \dim{\left(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}\right)} =\dim{\mathbb{U}}+\dim{\mathbb{W}} -\dim{\left(\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}\right)}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.103, Lemma 5.38 and Definition 5.15.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.105. \(\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}\) is a subspace, being defined by membership of two subspaces at once. Let \(\set{z_{1},\ldots,z_{r}}\) be a basis of it and complete it, by Lemma 5.38, to a basis \(\set{z_{1},\ldots,z_{r},u_{1},\ldots,u_{p}}\) of \(\mathbb{U}\) and to a basis \(\set{z_{1},\ldots,z_{r},w_{1},\ldots,w_{q}}\) of \(\mathbb{W}\). We claim that \(\set{z_{1},\ldots,z_{r},u_{1},\ldots,u_{p},w_{1},\ldots,w_{q}}\) is a basis of \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}\), which gives Equation (5.131) at once, the count being \(r+p+q=(r+p)+(r+q)-r\).

It generates. Every element of \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}\) is a sum of an element of \(\mathbb{U}\) and an element of \(\mathbb{W}\), each of which expands in its own basis.

It is independent. Suppose

\[ \sum_{k}c^{k}z_{k}+\sum_{i}a^{i}u_{i}+\sum_{j}b^{j}w_{j} =0_{\mathbb{V}}\ep \]

Then \(x=\sum_{j}b^{j}w_{j}=-\sum_{k}c^{k}z_{k}-\sum_{i}a^{i}u_{i}\) lies in \(\mathbb{W}\), by the left-hand expression, and in \(\mathbb{U}\), by the right-hand one; so \(x\in\mathbb{U}\cap\mathbb{W}\) and \(x=\sum_{k}d^{k}z_{k}\) for some scalars. Comparing the two expressions for \(x\) in the basis of \(\mathbb{W}\), \(\sum_{j}b^{j}w_{j} -\sum_{k}d^{k}z_{k}=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) forces every \(b^{j}=0\) by Equation (5.29). The original relation then reduces to a vanishing combination of the basis of \(\mathbb{U}\), so the remaining coefficients vanish too.

Remark 5.106 (Direct sum, tensor product, and one name used for both).

The heading this subsubsection carries names two constructions, and the subsubsection that follows it names a third thing with the second of those names. The reader is owed a plain statement of which object is which, because the two behave oppositely in the one respect that matters most.

  • The direct sum \(\mathbb{V}\oplus\mathbb{W}\) is the object defined above. Its elements are pairs, its dimension is the sum Equation (5.128), and the operators built on it are block diagonal — which is what Equations (5.193) and (5.217) record for representations.

  • The tensor product \(\mathbb{V}\otimes\mathbb{W}\) is the object the next subsubsection builds with the symbol \(\otimes\), and calls a “direct product” following the older physics usage that the source inherits. Its elements are not pairs, its basis is the set of products \(e_{i}\otimes f_{j}\) of the two bases, and its dimension is accordingly the product

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.132} \dim{\left(\mathbb{V}\otimes\mathbb{W}\right)} =\dim{\mathbb{V}}\,\dim{\mathbb{W}}\ec \end{equation}

    which is the count of the pairs \((i,j)\) indexing Equation (5.133). It is the space on which a bilinear map becomes linear, as noted after Definition 5.110.

The distinction is not a matter of names. A system built from two others by a direct sum has a state space whose dimension grows additively; a composite quantum system has a state space whose dimension grows multiplicatively, because its states are built on the tensor product (Postulate 77.6), and that single fact is why the dimension of the state space of \(N\) particles grows exponentially in \(N\) — the starting point of Identical Particles. Where the older literature writes “direct product” for \(\otimes\), this treatise keeps the two words apart and uses the symbols to disambiguate.

Direct product of linear transformations

Because an LT itself belongs to a vector space, we can define the direct product of operators.

Consider the linear transformations \(A\in\mathcal{L}^1(\mathbb{V}^1)\) and \(B\in\mathcal{L}^2(\mathbb{V}^2)\), and the direct-product space \(\mathbb{W}=\mathcal{L}^1(\mathbb{V}^1)\otimes \mathcal{L}^2(\mathbb{V}^2)\). Consider further the bases \(\{\hat{e}^1_i\}\) and \(\{\hat{e}^2_i\}\) of \(\mathbb{V}^1\) and \(\mathbb{V}^2\). The basis of \(\mathbb{W}\) is given by

\[ \{\hat{w}_k\}=\{\hat{e}^1_i\otimes\hat{e}^2_j\},\quad\quad k=(i,j)\ep \]

Then, to compute the components of the matrix associated with \(C=A\otimes B\) in the chosen bases, we have

\[ A\otimes B\ket{\hat{e}^1_i\otimes\hat{e}^2_j} =A^{i'}_{\ i}B^{j'}_{\ j}\ket{\hat{e}^1_{i'}\otimes\hat{e}^2_{j'}} \]

and, in addition,

\[ C\ket{\hat{w}_k}=C^{k'}_{\ k}\ket{\hat{w}_{k'}}\ep \]

Therefore

\begin{equation} \tag{5.133}C^{k'}_{\ k}=A^{i'}_{\ i}B^{j'}_{\ j}, \quad\quad k=(i,j),\ k'=(i',j')\ep \end{equation}

Union of vector spaces

The intersection of two subspaces is a subspace, as Proposition 5.105 used without comment: a linear combination of vectors lying in both lies in both. The union is a different matter, and the answer is as negative as it can be.

Proposition 5.107 (The union of two subspaces).

Let \(\mathbb{U},\mathbb{W}\leq\mathbb{V}\) be subspaces. Then \(\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}\) is a subspace of \(\mathbb{V}\) if and only if \(\mathbb{U}\subset\mathbb{W}\) or \(\mathbb{W}\subset\mathbb{U}\). Rests on Definitions 5.5 and 5.7.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.107. (\(\Leftarrow\)) If one contains the other the union is the larger of the two, which is a subspace by hypothesis.

(\(\Rightarrow\)) Suppose neither containment holds, so that there are vectors \(u\in\mathbb{U}\setminus\mathbb{W}\) and \(w\in\mathbb{W}\setminus\mathbb{U}\). If \(\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}\) were a subspace it would contain \(u+w\), which must then lie in \(\mathbb{U}\) or in \(\mathbb{W}\). Both are impossible:

  • if \(u+w\in\mathbb{U}\) then \(w=(u+w)-u\in\mathbb{U}\), since \(\mathbb{U}\) is closed under linear combinations, contradicting the choice of \(w\);

  • if \(u+w\in\mathbb{W}\) then \(u=(u+w)-w\in\mathbb{W}\), contradicting the choice of \(u\).

Hence \(\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}\) is not a subspace.

Corollary 5.108 (The sum is the right operation).

For subspaces \(\mathbb{U},\mathbb{W}\leq\mathbb{V}\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.134} \gen{\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}}=\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}\ec \end{equation}

so the sum Equation (5.129) is the smallest subspace containing both. Rests on Proposition 5.107, Definition 5.103 and Definition 5.12.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.108. \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}\) is a subspace containing \(\mathbb{U}\cup \mathbb{W}\) — take \(w=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) or \(u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) in Equation (5.129) — so it contains the smallest such subspace, which is \(\gen{\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}}\) by Remark 5.13. Conversely every \(u+w\) is a linear combination of two elements of \(\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}\) and therefore lies in \(\gen{\mathbb{U}\cup\mathbb{W}}\) by Definition 5.12. The two inclusions give Equation (5.134).

Example 5.109 (Two lines in physical space).

Take \(\mathbb{V}=\R^{3}\), a \(3+0\) instantiation, and let \(\mathbb{U}\) and \(\mathbb{W}\) be two distinct lines through the origin, say the spans of \(e_{1}\) and of \(e_{2}\) in the notation of Equation (5.25). Their union is the pair of coordinate axes, which fails to contain \(e_{1}+e_{2}\) and is therefore not a subspace; the smallest subspace containing both is the plane \(\mathbb{U}+\mathbb{W}=\gen{\set{e_{1},e_{2}}}\), of dimension \(1+1-0=2\) by Equation (5.131). The moral is worth keeping: set union is not an operation of linear algebra, and every construction in this chapter that looks as though it combines two subspaces — the decompositions Equation (5.53) and Equation (5.73), the direct sums of representations Equation (5.184) — combines them by sum, not by union. Rests on Proposition 5.107 and Corollary 5.108.

Bilinear transformations

A linear transformation consumes one vector. The maps that consume two — the inner product of Definition 5.18 is the example already in hand, the metric tensor of Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature the one physics needs most — are linear in each argument separately, and they behave differently enough from linear transformations under a change of basis that they deserve their own treatment.

Definition 5.110 (Bilinear map).

Let \(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{W},\mathbb{Z}\) be vector spaces over the same field \(\mathbb{K}\). A map \(B:\mathbb{V}\times\mathbb{W}\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}\) is bilinear if it is linear in each argument when the other is held fixed:

\begin{align} B(au+bv,w) & = aB(u,w)+bB(v,w)\ec\tag{5.135}\\ B(u,aw+bz) & = aB(u,w)+bB(u,z)\ec\tag{5.136} \end{align}

for all \(a,b\in\mathbb{K}\) and all vectors for which the expressions are defined. If \(\mathbb{Z}=\mathbb{K}\) we call \(B\) a bilinear form; if in addition \(\mathbb{W}=\mathbb{V}\) we speak of a bilinear form on \(\mathbb{V}\). Rests on Definition 5.37.

A bilinear map is not a linear map on the product space: the product \(\mathbb{V}\times\mathbb{W}\) is itself a vector space, and a linear map on it would satisfy \(B(au,aw)=aB(u,w)\), whereas Equations (5.135) and (5.136) give \(B(au,aw)=a^{2}B(u,w)\). Bilinearity is instead linearity on the tensor product \(\mathbb{V}\otimes\mathbb{W}\) met in Equation (5.133): that is exactly what the tensor product is built to arrange.

Matrix representation of a bilinear form

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) have the basis \(\set{e_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\) and let \(B\) be a bilinear form on \(\mathbb{V}\). Define

\begin{equation}\tag{5.137} B_{ij}=B(e_{i},e_{j})\ec \end{equation}

and call \(\left[B\right]\) the matrix with these entries — note that both indices are down, which is not the placement carried by the matrix of a linear transformation in Equation (5.74), and the difference is about to matter. For arbitrary \(u=\sum_{i}u^{i}e_{i}\) and \(v=\sum_{j}v^{j}e_{j}\), applying Equation (5.135) and then Equation (5.136),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.138} B(u,v)=\sum_{i,j=1}^{n}u^{i}v^{j}B_{ij} =\left(u^{1}\ \ldots\right)\left[B\right] \left(\begin{array}{c} v^{1}\\ \vdots\end{array}\right)\ec \end{equation}

so the \(n^{2}\) numbers \(B_{ij}\) determine \(B\) completely; and they are unique, by the uniqueness of components in a basis used already in Proposition 5.45. Conversely any array defines a bilinear form through Equation (5.138).

Change of basis: congruence, not similarity

Let \(\set{e'_{i}}\) be a second basis, related to the first by

\[ e'_{i}=\sum_{j=1}^{n}A^{j}_{\ i}e_{j}\ec \]

with \(\left[A\right]\) invertible. Then

\begin{align} B'_{ik} & = B(e'_{i},e'_{k})\nonumber\\ & = \sum_{j,l=1}^{n}A^{j}_{\ i}A^{l}_{\ k}B(e_{j},e_{l}) && \text{by Equations (5.135) and (5.136)} \nonumber\\ & = \sum_{j,l=1}^{n}\left(A\transpose\right)_{i}^{\ j} B_{jl}A^{l}_{\ k}\ec\tag{5.139} \end{align}

that is, \(\left[B'\right]=\left[A\right]\transpose\left[B\right] \left[A\right]\). Two matrices related in this way are called congruent. Compare Remark 5.126: the matrix of a linear transformation changes by the similarity \(\left[A\right]^{-1}\left[T\right]\left[A\right]\). The two laws agree only when \(\left[A\right]\transpose=\left[A\right]^{-1}\), that is, for orthogonal changes of basis — which is the reason a physicist who works only with orthonormal bases can go a long way without noticing that a metric and an operator are different kinds of object, and the reason the distinction reappears the moment curvilinear coordinates are introduced in Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature.

Two immediate consequences of Equation (5.139): the trace of \(\left[B\right]\) is not basis-independent (unlike the character of a representation, Equation (5.181)), while

\[ \det\left[B'\right]=\left(\det\left[A\right]\right)^{2} \det\left[B\right] \]

shows that whether \(\det\left[B\right]\) vanishes, and — over \(\R\) — its sign, are basis-independent.

Symmetry, non-degeneracy, and the map into the dual

Definition 5.111 (Symmetric and antisymmetric forms).

A bilinear form on \(\mathbb{V}\) is symmetric if \(B(u,v)=B(v,u)\) for all \(u,v\), and antisymmetric (or alternating) if \(B(u,v)=-B(v,u)\). In terms of Equation (5.137) these read \(\left[B\right]\transpose=\left[B\right]\) and \(\left[B\right]\transpose=-\left[B\right]\), and both conditions are preserved by Equation (5.139). Rests on Definition 5.110 and Equation (5.137).

Proposition 5.112 (Symmetric–antisymmetric splitting).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space over a field of characteristic other than \(2\) — \(\R\) and \(\C\) are such fields. Every bilinear form \(B\) on \(\mathbb{V}\) is the sum of a symmetric and an antisymmetric form, namely

\begin{equation}\tag{5.140} B=B_{\mathrm{s}}+B_{\mathrm{a}}\ec\qquad B_{\mathrm{s}}(u,v)=\tfrac{1}{2}\left(B(u,v)+B(v,u)\right)\ec\quad B_{\mathrm{a}}(u,v)=\tfrac{1}{2}\left(B(u,v)-B(v,u)\right)\ec \end{equation}

and this decomposition is unique. Rests on Definitions 5.110 and 5.111.

Derivation. Derives Proposition 5.112. Existence. Both \(B_{\mathrm{s}}\) and \(B_{\mathrm{a}}\) are bilinear, being linear combinations of the bilinear maps \((u,v)\longmapsto B(u,v)\) and \((u,v)\longmapsto B(v,u)\); exchanging \(u\) and \(v\) in Equation (5.140) leaves the first unchanged and reverses the sign of the second, so they are respectively symmetric and antisymmetric in the sense of Definition 5.111; and adding them returns \(B\). The halving is where the characteristic hypothesis is spent here — \(\tfrac{1}{2}\) must exist in the field — and it is spent again, in the other direction, in the next paragraph.

Uniqueness. Suppose \(B=S+A=S'+A'\) with \(S,S'\) symmetric and \(A,A'\) antisymmetric, and put \(C=S-S'=A'-A\). Then \(C\) is symmetric, being a difference of symmetric forms, and antisymmetric, being a difference of antisymmetric ones, so for all \(u,v\)

\[ C(u,v)=C(v,u)=-C(u,v)\ec\qquad\text{hence}\qquad 2C(u,v)=0\ep \]

Since \(2\neq0\) in the field, \(C=0\), that is \(S=S'\) and \(A=A'\). In matrix terms Equation (5.140) is the familiar \(\left[B\right]=\tfrac{1}{2}\left(\left[B\right] +\left[B\right]\transpose\right) +\tfrac{1}{2}\left(\left[B\right]-\left[B\right]\transpose\right)\), and the uniqueness argument says that the only array equal to both its own transpose and minus it is the zero array.

Physics uses both halves and keeps them apart: the symmetric one is a metric (Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature), the antisymmetric one a symplectic form or a field strength.

Definition 5.113 (Non-degenerate form).

A bilinear form \(B\) on \(\mathbb{V}\) is non-degenerate if \(B(u,v)=0\) for all \(v\in\mathbb{V}\) implies \(u=0_{\mathbb{V}}\), and \(B(u,v)=0\) for all \(u\in\mathbb{V}\) implies \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Rests on Definition 5.110.

Proposition 5.114.

Let \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n<\infty\) and let \(B\) be a bilinear form on \(\mathbb{V}\). Define

\begin{equation}\tag{5.141} \begin{array}{cccc} \flat_{B}: & \mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \mathbb{V}^{\ast}\\ & u & \longmapsto & B(u,\ )\ep \end{array} \end{equation}

Then \(\flat_{B}\) is a linear transformation, and the following are equivalent:

  1. \(B\) is non-degenerate;

  2. \(\flat_{B}\) is an isomorphism;

  3. \(\det\left[B\right]\neq0\) in any (hence every) basis.

Rests on Definition 5.110, Definition 5.113, Definition 5.59, Equation (5.86) and Equation (5.87).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.114. \(\flat_{B}(u)\) is a functional by Equation (5.136), and \(u\longmapsto\flat_{B}(u)\) is linear by Equation (5.135), so \(\flat_{B}\in\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V}, \mathbb{V}^{\ast})\).

\((1)\Rightarrow(2)\): the first half of Definition 5.113 says exactly that \(\ker\flat_{B}=\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\), so \(\flat_{B}\) is injective; and an injective linear map between spaces of the same finite dimension — \(\dim{\mathbb{V}^{\ast}}=\dim{\mathbb{V}}=n\) was established after Equation (5.87) — is surjective.

\((2)\Rightarrow(3)\): in the basis \(\set{e_{i}}\) and its dual basis \(\set{f^{j}}\) of Equation (5.86),

\[ \flat_{B}(e_{i})=B(e_{i},\ )=\sum_{j=1}^{n}B_{ij}f^{j}\ec \]

because both sides agree on every \(e_{k}\): the left gives \(B_{ik}\) and the right gives \(\sum_j B_{ij}\delta^{j}_{\ k}=B_{ik}\). So the matrix of \(\flat_{B}\) in these bases is \(\left[B\right]\transpose\); a linear map between spaces of equal finite dimension is bijective exactly when its matrix is invertible, that is, when its determinant does not vanish, and \(\det\left(\left[B\right]\transpose\right)=\det\left[B\right]\).

\((3)\Rightarrow(1)\): if \(B(u,v)=0\) for all \(v\) then in components \(\sum_{i}u^{i}B_{ij}=0\) for every \(j\), a homogeneous linear system whose matrix is invertible, so \(u^{i}=0\) for all \(i\); the other half is the same argument on the other index. Independence of the basis follows from \(\det\left[B'\right]=(\det\left[A\right])^{2}\det\left[B\right]\) with \(\det\left[A\right]\neq0\).

Proposition 5.114 is the precise sense in which a non-degenerate form “identifies a space with its dual”, and it is the algebraic content of raising and lowering indices with a metric. It also locates exactly what Proposition 5.63 adds: an inner product is a non-degenerate form with two further properties, hermiticity and positivity, and it is those — not non-degeneracy — that fail in the counterexamples of Remark 5.64.

Sesquilinear and hermitian forms

Over \(\C\) the useful notion is not quite bilinearity.

Definition 5.115 (Sesquilinear form).

A map \(H:\mathbb{V}\times\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\C\) is sesquilinear — “one and a half times linear” — if it is antilinear in the first argument and linear in the second:

\[ H(au+bv,w)=a^{\ast}H(u,w)+b^{\ast}H(v,w)\ec\qquad H(u,aw+bz)=aH(u,w)+bH(u,z)\ep \]

It is hermitian if \(H(u,v)=H(v,u)^{\ast}\) for all \(u,v\), which in components means \(\left[H\right]^{\dagger}=\left[H\right]\), and positive definite if \(H(v,v)>0\) for every \(v\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Rests on Definition 4.33 and Equation (5.137).

Comparing with Definition 5.18: an inner product on a complex vector space is precisely a positive-definite hermitian sesquilinear form, and on a real vector space precisely a positive-definite symmetric bilinear form. Everything proved in Section 5.3 is therefore a statement about a very particular corner of the present section, and the Schwarz inequality Equation (5.43) is exactly what positive definiteness buys and what an indefinite form loses. Note also that \(H(v,v)\) is automatically real for a hermitian form, by the same one-line argument as Equation (5.39), so the inequality \(H(v,v)>0\) is meaningful.

The change-of-basis law for a sesquilinear form carries a conjugate: repeating the computation of Equation (5.139) with the first slot antilinear gives \(\left[H'\right]=\left[A\right]^{\dagger}\left[H\right]\left[A\right]\), which is why the unitary group \(\U(n,\C)\) of Equation (5.171) — and not the orthogonal group — is the group preserving a complex inner product.

Sylvester's law of inertia

For a real symmetric form the congruence Equation (5.139) can always be used to reach a normal form, and what survives the choice of basis is a pair of integers. This is what makes the “signature \((p,q)\)” spoken of throughout the treatise a well-defined attribute of a form rather than of a basis.

Theorem 5.116 (Sylvester's law of inertia).

Let \(B\) be a symmetric bilinear form on a real vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) of finite dimension \(n\). Then there is a basis in which

\begin{equation}\tag{5.142} \left[B\right]=\diag(\underbrace{1,\ldots,1}_{p}, \underbrace{-1,\ldots,-1}_{q},\underbrace{0,\ldots,0}_{r})\ec \qquad p+q+r=n\ec \end{equation}

and the triple \((p,q,r)\) is the same for every such basis. Rests on Definition 5.110, Definition 5.111 and Equation (5.139).

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.116. Existence. By induction on \(n\). If \(B=0\) then \(p=q=0\), \(r=n\) and any basis will do. Otherwise there is a vector \(v\) with \(B(v,v)\neq0\): were \(B(u,u)=0\) for every \(u\), polarization would give

\[ B(u,w)=\tfrac{1}{2}\left(B(u+w,u+w)-B(u,u)-B(w,w)\right)=0 \]

for all \(u,w\), using symmetry, and \(B\) would vanish identically. Set \(e_{1}=v/\sqrt{\abs{B(v,v)}}\), so that \(B(e_{1},e_{1})=\pm1\), and let

\[ \mathbb{V}_{1}=\set{u\in\mathbb{V}\mid B(e_{1},u)=0}\ec \]

which is a subspace, being defined by a linear condition. Every \(u\in\mathbb{V}\) decomposes as

\[ u=\frac{B(e_{1},u)}{B(e_{1},e_{1})}e_{1} +\left(u-\frac{B(e_{1},u)}{B(e_{1},e_{1})}e_{1}\right)\ec \]

whose second term lies in \(\mathbb{V}_{1}\), as substituting it into \(B(e_{1},\ )\) shows; and \(\gen{\set{e_{1}}}\cap\mathbb{V}_{1} =\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\), since \(B(e_{1},\lambda e_{1}) =\lambda B(e_{1},e_{1})=0\) forces \(\lambda=0\). Hence \(\mathbb{V}=\gen{\set{e_{1}}}\oplus\mathbb{V}_{1}\) and \(\dim{\mathbb{V}_{1}}=n-1\). Applying the induction hypothesis to the restriction of \(B\) to \(\mathbb{V}_{1}\) — which is again symmetric — and reordering the resulting basis gives Equation (5.142).

Uniqueness. \(r\) is basis-independent because \(n-r\) is the rank of \(\left[B\right]\), and congruent matrices have equal rank (\(\left[A\right]\) being invertible). For \(p\), suppose two bases give \((p,q,r)\) and \((p',q',r)\) with, say, \(p>p'\). Let \(\mathbb{P}\) be the span of the \(p\) basis vectors of the first basis on which \(B\) is \(+1\): on \(\mathbb{P}\setminus\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\) the form is strictly positive, since \(B\left(\sum_{i\leq p}a^{i}e_{i},\sum_{j\leq p}a^{j}e_{j}\right) =\sum_{i\leq p}(a^{i})^{2}>0\). Let \(\mathbb{M}'\) be the span of the \(q'+r=n-p'\) vectors of the second basis on which \(B\) is \(-1\) or \(0\): on \(\mathbb{M}'\) the form satisfies \(B(u,u)\leq0\), by the same computation with the signs of Equation (5.142). Now

\[ \dim{\mathbb{P}}+\dim{\mathbb{M}'}=p+(n-p')>n\ec \]

so \(\mathbb{P}\cap\mathbb{M}'\) contains a non-zero vector \(u\) — two subspaces whose dimensions sum to more than \(n\) cannot meet only in \(0_{\mathbb{V}}\), since \(\dim(\mathbb{P}+\mathbb{M}')\leq n\). That vector would satisfy \(B(u,u)>0\) and \(B(u,u)\leq0\) at once. Hence \(p\leq p'\), and by symmetry \(p'\leq p\); with \(r\) fixed, \(q=n-p-r\) is determined too.

Definition 5.117 (Signature).

The pair \((p,q)\) of Theorem 5.116 is the signature of the symmetric form. A non-degenerate form has \(r=0\) and \(p+q=n\); it is positive definite, that is, an inner product, exactly when \(q=r=0\). Rests on Theorem 5.116 and Definition 5.113.

Example 5.118 (The two forms physics uses).

Both instantiations below are the observed ones, \(3+0\) and \(3+1\); the treatise takes no other (editorial rule on dimensions).

  • Euclidean space, \(3+0\). On \(\R^{3}\) with the standard basis, \(\left[B\right]=\diag(1,1,1)\): signature \((3,0)\), non-degenerate and positive definite, hence an inner product, and the source of the length \(\norm{\vect{x}}=\sqrt{x^{2}+y^{2}+z^{2}}\) in metres. The subgroup of \(\GL(3,\R)\) preserving it is \(\Ogrp(3,\R)\) of Equation (5.161), the rotations and reflections.

  • Minkowski spacetime, \(3+1\). On \(\R^{4}\) with coordinates \((x^{0},x^{1},x^{2},x^{3})=(ct,x,y,z)\) — all four carrying the SI unit metre, which is exactly what the factor \(c\) is there for —

    \[ \left[\eta\right]=\diag(-1,1,1,1)\ec \]

    of signature \((3,1)\): non-degenerate, and not positive definite, so it is not an inner product and Proposition 5.20 does not apply to it. The quantity \(\eta(u,u)\) carries the SI unit \(\mathrm{m}^{2}\). The subgroup of \(\GL(4,\R)\) preserving it is the Lorentz group \(\Ogrp(3,1)\) of Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries. Theorem 5.116 is what guarantees that no change of basis whatever can turn this form into the Euclidean one: the signature is an invariant, so the distinction between a timelike and a spacelike direction is not a coordinate artefact.

Proposition 5.119 (Normal form of a non-degenerate antisymmetric form).

Let \(\omega\) be a non-degenerate antisymmetric bilinear form on a real vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) of finite dimension \(n\). Then \(n=2m\) is even and \(\mathbb{V}\) has a basis \(\set{e_{1},\ldots,e_{m},f_{1},\ldots,f_{m}}\) in which

\begin{equation}\tag{5.143} \omega(e_{i},e_{j})=\omega(f_{i},f_{j})=0\ec\qquad \omega(e_{i},f_{j})=\delta_{ij}\ec\qquad i,j=1,\ldots,m\ec \end{equation}

that is, in which the matrix of the form is the block array

\begin{equation}\tag{5.144} \left[\omega\right]=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & \identity_{m}\\ -\identity_{m} & 0\end{pmatrix}\ep \end{equation}

Consequently any two non-degenerate antisymmetric forms on real spaces of the same even dimension are congruent in the sense of Equation (5.139): there is no invariant here answering to the signature of Theorem 5.116. Rests on Definition 5.110, Definition 5.111, Definition 5.113 and Equation (5.139).

Derivation. Derives Proposition 5.119. Antisymmetry first gives \(\omega(u,u)=-\omega(u,u)\), hence \(\omega(u,u)=0\) for every \(u\), the field being \(\R\). The construction is then an induction on \(n\) — a symplectic Gram–Schmidt, in which vectors are paired off instead of being normalized one at a time.

If \(\mathbb{V}=\set{0_{\mathbb{V}}}\) there is nothing to prove and \(m=0\). Otherwise choose any \(e_{1}\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Non-degeneracy (Definition 5.113) supplies a \(w\) with \(\omega(e_{1},w)\neq0\), and

\[ f_{1}=\frac{w}{\omega(e_{1},w)}\qquad\text{gives}\qquad \omega(e_{1},f_{1})=1\ep \]

These two are linearly independent: were \(f_{1}=\lambda e_{1}\) we should have \(\omega(e_{1},f_{1})=\lambda\,\omega(e_{1},e_{1})=0\). Put \(W=\gen{\set{e_{1},f_{1}}}\) and

\[ W^{\omega}=\set{v\in\mathbb{V}\mid \omega(v,e_{1})=\omega(v,f_{1})=0}\ec \]

a subspace, being the intersection of the kernels of two functionals.

The two split \(\mathbb{V}\). Given \(v\in\mathbb{V}\), set

\[ v'=v-\omega(v,f_{1})\,e_{1}+\omega(v,e_{1})\,f_{1}\ep \]

Using \(\omega(e_{1},e_{1})=\omega(f_{1},f_{1})=0\) and \(\omega(f_{1},e_{1})=-1\),

\begin{align*} \omega(v',e_{1}) & = \omega(v,e_{1})+\omega(v,e_{1})\, \omega(f_{1},e_{1})=0\ec\\ \omega(v',f_{1}) & = \omega(v,f_{1})-\omega(v,f_{1})\, \omega(e_{1},f_{1})=0\ec \end{align*}

so \(v'\in W^{\omega}\) and \(v=\left(\omega(v,f_{1})e_{1} -\omega(v,e_{1})f_{1}\right)+v'\in W+W^{\omega}\). The sum is direct: if \(v=ae_{1}+bf_{1}\) lies in \(W^{\omega}\) then \(0=\omega(v,f_{1})=a\) and \(0=\omega(v,e_{1})=-b\). Hence \(\mathbb{V}=W\oplus W^{\omega}\) and \(\dim{W^{\omega}}=n-2\).

The restriction is again non-degenerate. Let \(v\in W^{\omega}\) satisfy \(\omega(v,u)=0\) for every \(u\in W^{\omega}\). It also annihilates \(e_{1}\) and \(f_{1}\), hence the whole of \(W\); by the direct sum \(\omega(v,\ )\) vanishes on \(\mathbb{V}\), and \(v=0_{\mathbb{V}}\) by non-degeneracy of \(\omega\).

The induction hypothesis applied to \(W^{\omega}\) therefore makes \(n-2\) even — so \(n\) is even, \(n=2m\) — and supplies vectors \(e_{2},\ldots,e_{m},f_{2},\ldots,f_{m}\) of \(W^{\omega}\) satisfying Equation (5.143) among themselves. All products of \(e_{1}\) or \(f_{1}\) with one of them vanish, since those vectors lie in \(W^{\omega}\), so the whole collection satisfies Equation (5.143) and, being a basis of \(W\) together with a basis of \(W^{\omega}\), is a basis of \(\mathbb{V}\). Listing the \(e_{i}\) first and the \(f_{i}\) second turns Equation (5.143) into Equation (5.144). That two such forms are congruent now follows because each is carried to Equation (5.144) by a change of basis, and Equation (5.139) composes.

Remark 5.120 (Antisymmetric forms and the symplectic group).

Proposition 5.119 is the antisymmetric counterpart of Sylvester's law, and the contrast is sharp: a symmetric form keeps its signature, an antisymmetric one keeps nothing but its dimension. That even dimension is forced can also be seen without the construction, by taking determinants in \(\left[\omega\right]\transpose =-\left[\omega\right]\):

\[ \det\left[\omega\right] =\det\left(\left[\omega\right]\transpose\right) =\det\left(-\left[\omega\right]\right) =(-1)^{n}\det\left[\omega\right]\ec \]

which for odd \(n\) forces \(\det\left[\omega\right]=0\), excluded by non-degeneracy (Proposition 5.114). The subgroup of \(\GL(2m,\R)\) preserving \(\omega\) is the symplectic group \(\Sp(2m,\R)\), constructed with the other classical groups in Definition 5.135; every one of its elements has determinant \(+1\) (Theorem 5.138), so the antisymmetric case admits no analogue of the split between \(\Ogrp(n,\mathbb{K})\) and \(\SO(n,\mathbb{K})\).

The absence of a signature is a statement of linear algebra and is proved above. Its celebrated geometric counterpart — that a symplectic manifold has no local invariants at all, where a Riemannian one has curvature — is Darboux's theorem, a statement about a form varying from point to point rather than about one form on one vector space; it does not follow from the proposition, which only says that the forms at each single point look alike. What the proposition supplies is precisely that pointwise input: at each single point the form can be brought to Equation (5.144), and the work left to Darboux's theorem is to show that the bases achieving it at neighbouring points can be chosen to fit together into a single chart. That is where a condition with no counterpart in linear algebra enters — the form must be closed — and it is proved in the appendix, in the language of the differential forms of Differentiable Manifolds, Tensors, and Curvature.

Derives Remark 5.120.

The instance physics meets is the phase space of a mechanical system with \(N\) degrees of freedom, of dimension \(2N\), on which \(\omega\) pairs a coordinate against its conjugate momentum; in SI the value \(\omega(u,v)\) then carries the unit of action, \(\mathrm{J}\,\mathrm{s}\), the same unit as \(\hbar\) — which is the first hint of why the quantization of The Postulates of Quantum Mechanics is expressed in units of \(\hbar\).

Algebras

Algebras

Let us discuss the definition of an algebra here in more detail. The axioms that the elements of an algebra must satisfy are many, but they are summarized as follows. Let \(\left(\left(\mathbb{K},+,\cdot\right),\cdot,\left(A,+\right)\right)\) be a vector space, and consider the IBO

\[ \begin{array}{cccc} \comm{\ }{\ }: & A\times A & \longrightarrow & A\\ & (X,Y) & \longmapsto & \comm{X}{Y}\ep \end{array} \]
Definition 5.121 (Algebra).

The space \(A\) together with the IBO \(\comm{\ }{\ }\) is an algebra if and only if the following linearity axioms hold:

  1. Left distributivity:

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.145} \forall\ X,Y,Z\in A,\quad \comm{X+Y}{Z}=\comm{X}{Z}+\comm{Y}{Z}\ep \end{equation}
  2. Right distributivity:

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.146} \forall\ X,Y,Z\in A,\quad \comm{X}{Y+Z}=\comm{X}{Y}+\comm{X}{Z}\ep \end{equation}
  3. Product by scalars:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.147}\forall\ X,Y\in A,\ \forall\,\alpha,\beta\in\mathbb{K}, \quad \comm{\alpha X}{\beta Y}=\alpha\beta\comm{X}{Y}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 4.4 and 4.33.

When no ambiguity is possible we shall refer to an algebra simply as \(A\), unless it is necessary to specify the field and the internal binary operations accompanying it.

Definition 5.122 (Linear hull).

Consider \(M,N\subset A\). We define the set \(\comm{M}{N}\) as

\begin{equation}\tag{5.148} \comm{M}{N}=\set{\sum_i\alpha_i\comm{X_i}{Y_i}\mid X_i\in M,\ Y_i\in N,\ \alpha_i\in\mathbb{K}}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.121.

Definition 5.123 (Subalgebra).

Consider an algebra \(A\) and \(N\subset A\). We say that \(N\) is a subalgebra of \(A\) if and only if all possible linear combinations of brackets of vectors in \(N\) remain in \(N\), that is, if

\[ \set{\sum_i\alpha_i\comm{X_i}{Y_i}\mid X_i,Y_i\in N}\subset N\ec \]

hence

\[ N \text{ is a subalgebra of } A\iff \comm{N}{N}\subset N\ep \]

Rests on Definitions 5.121 and 5.122.

Definition 5.124 (Ideal).

We say that a subset \(N\) of an algebra \(A\) is an ideal of \(A\) if and only if

\[ \comm{N}{A}\subset N\ep \]

Rests on Definitions 5.121 and 5.122.

Structure constants

Let \(A=\gen{\set{e_i}^n}\) be an algebra and \(X,Y\in A\). We can expand \(X\) and \(Y\) as linear combinations of the elements of the chosen basis. We have

\begin{align} \comm{X}{Y} & = \comm{X^ie_i}{Y^je_j}\nonumber\\ & = X^iY^j\comm{e_i}{e_j} && \text{by Equation (5.147)}\ep \tag{5.149} \end{align}

Now, since \(\comm{\ }{\ }\) is an IBO — that is, closure holds — we can write \(\comm{e_i}{e_j}\) as a linear combination of the elements of the basis. That is,

\begin{equation} \tag{5.150}\comm{e_i}{e_j}=C^k_{\ ij}e_k\ec \end{equation}

where the quantities \(C^k_{\ ij}\in\mathbb{K}\) are called the structure constants of the algebra. It should be mentioned that the structure constants are basis-dependent.

On the basis of the structure constants we can compute the coefficients of the linear-combination expansion of an element \(\comm{X}{Y}\) of the algebra. Substituting Equation (5.150) into Equation (5.149),

\[ \comm{X}{Y} = X^iY^jC^k_{\ ij}e_k = \comm{X}{Y}^ke_k\ec \]

hence

\begin{equation}\tag{5.151} \comm{X}{Y}^k=X^iY^jC^k_{\ ij}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.149) and (5.150) (expand both arguments in the basis and replace the bracket of basis elements by the structure constants).

The algebra of linear transformations

Proposition 5.125.

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space of finite dimension \(n\) with a fixed basis \(B=\set{e_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\), and let \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})=\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V},\mathbb{V})\) carry the commutator bracket \(\comm{S}{T}=S\circ T-T\circ S\). Then the map \(T\longmapsto\left[T\right]\) that assigns to an endomorphism its matrix representation in \(B\) satisfies

\begin{align} \left[\alpha S+\beta T\right] & = \alpha\left[S\right] +\beta\left[T\right]\ec\tag{5.152}\\ \left[S\circ T\right] & = \left[S\right]\left[T\right]\ec \tag{5.153}\\ \left[\comm{S}{T}\right] & = \comm{\left[S\right]}{\left[T\right]}\ec \tag{5.154} \end{align}

and is a bijection onto \(\mathcal{M}_{n\times n}\left[\mathbb{K}\right]\). Consequently any subalgebra of \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\) and its image in \(\mathcal{M}_{n\times n}\left[\mathbb{K}\right]\) have the same structure constants: the matrices satisfy the same algebra as the transformations they represent. Rests on Definition 5.37, Proposition 5.45, Equation (5.74), Definition 5.121 and Equation (5.150).

Derivation. Derives Proposition 5.125. Every identity is read off the definition Equation (5.74) of the matrix representation, here with \(\mathbb{W}=\mathbb{V}\) and \(B_{2}=B_{1}=B\), so that \(T(e_{i})=\sum_{j}T^{j}_{\ i}e_{j}\).

Linearity, Equation (5.152). By the definition of the linear combination of two LT's,

\begin{align*} \left(\alpha S+\beta T\right)(e_{i}) & = \alpha S(e_{i})+\beta T(e_{i})\\ & = \sum_{j=1}^{n}\left(\alpha S^{j}_{\ i} +\beta T^{j}_{\ i}\right)e_{j}\ec \end{align*}

and by the uniqueness established in Proposition 5.45 the coefficients displayed are the matrix entries of \(\alpha S+\beta T\).

Composition, Equation (5.153). Apply the two transformations in turn:

\begin{align*} \left(S\circ T\right)(e_{i}) & = S\left(T(e_{i})\right)\\ & = S\left(\sum_{j=1}^{n}T^{j}_{\ i}e_{j}\right)\\ & = \sum_{j=1}^{n}T^{j}_{\ i}\,S(e_{j}) && \text{by linearity of }S\\ & = \sum_{k=1}^{n}\left(\sum_{j=1}^{n} S^{k}_{\ j}T^{j}_{\ i}\right)e_{k}\ec \end{align*}

so that \(\left(S\circ T\right)^{k}_{\ i}=S^{k}_{\ j}T^{j}_{\ i}\) in the summation convention — precisely the row-by-column rule for the matrix product \(\left[S\right]\left[T\right]\). Note that the order is preserved: the transformation applied first stands to the right in both notations.

Bracket, Equation (5.154). Combine the two:

\begin{align*} \left[\comm{S}{T}\right] & = \left[S\circ T-T\circ S\right]\\ & = \left[S\circ T\right]-\left[T\circ S\right] && \text{by Equation (5.152)}\\ & = \left[S\right]\left[T\right]-\left[T\right]\left[S\right] && \text{by Equation (5.153)}\\ & = \comm{\left[S\right]}{\left[T\right]}\ep \end{align*}

Bijectivity is Proposition 5.45: distinct endomorphisms have distinct matrices, and every array arises from the endomorphism it defines through Equation (5.74).

Structure constants. Let \(A\subset\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\) be a subalgebra with basis \(\set{X_{a}}\) and structure constants defined by Equation (5.150), \(\comm{X_{a}}{X_{b}}=C^{c}_{\ ab}X_{c}\). Taking matrix representations of both sides and using Equations (5.152) and (5.154),

\[ \comm{\left[X_{a}\right]}{\left[X_{b}\right]} =C^{c}_{\ ab}\left[X_{c}\right]\ec \]

with the same coefficients \(C^{c}_{\ ab}\). Moreover the \(\left[X_{a}\right]\) are linearly independent, since \(T\longmapsto\left[T\right]\) is injective and linear, so they are a basis of the image and the two algebras have the same structure constants in corresponding bases. Any identity following from the axioms — the antisymmetry Equation (5.157) and the Jacobi identity Equation (5.158) of a Lie algebra, for instance — therefore holds for the matrices exactly when it holds for the operators.

Remark 5.126 (The basis is fixed, and that matters).

Equation (5.153) is false if \(S\) and \(T\) are referred to different bases: it is the same \(B\) appearing three times that lets the inner index \(j\) be summed. Changing \(B\) replaces every \(\left[T\right]\) by \(\left[S_{0}\right]\left[T\right] \left[S_{0}\right]^{-1}\) for one fixed invertible \(\left[S_{0}\right]\), and all three identities are invariant under that simultaneous conjugation — which is why the structure constants are carried along unchanged, and why Definition 5.145 declares two representations related in this way to be equivalent.

Lie algebras

Definition 5.127 (Lie algebra).

An algebra \(\left(\left(\mathbb{K},+,\cdot\right),\cdot, \left(L,+,\comm{\ }{\ }\right)\right)\) in the sense of Definition 5.121 — equivalently, of Definition 4.34, whose axioms are the bilinearity of the bracket and nothing more — is a Lie algebra if and only if the following two further axioms are satisfied:

  1. Antisymmetry:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.155}\forall\ X,Y\in L,\quad \comm{X}{Y}=-\comm{Y}{X}\ep \end{equation}
  2. Jacobi identity:

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.156}\forall\ X,Y,Z\in L,\quad \comm{X}{\comm{Y}{Z}}+\comm{Y}{\comm{Z}{X}}+\comm{Z}{\comm{X}{Y}}=0_L\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.121.

In the context of Lie algebras we shall name the IBO \(\comm{\ }{\ }\) the Lie bracket.

Properties of the structure constants

As a direct consequence of the axioms of a Lie algebra, there are two important properties satisfied by the structure constants. Let \(L=\gen{\set{e_i}^n}\) be a Lie algebra.

  1. Antisymmetry. From axiom Equation (5.155),

    \begin{align*} \comm{e_i}{e_j} & = -\comm{e_j}{e_i}\\ C^k_{\ ij}e_k & = -C^k_{\ ji}e_k && \text{by Equation (5.150)}\ec \end{align*}

    hence

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.157} C^k_{\ ij}=-C^k_{\ ji}\ep \end{equation}

    From Equations (5.150) and (5.155) (antisymmetry of the Lie bracket, written on a pair of basis elements).

  2. Jacobi identity. From axiom Equation (5.156),

    \begin{align*} \comm{e_i}{\comm{e_j}{e_k}}+\comm{e_j}{\comm{e_k}{e_i}} +\comm{e_k}{\comm{e_i}{e_j}} & = 0_L\\ \comm{e_i}{C^l_{\ jk}e_l}+\comm{e_j}{C^l_{\ ki}e_l} +\comm{e_k}{C^l_{\ ij}e_l} & = 0_L\\ C^l_{\ jk}\comm{e_i}{e_l}+C^l_{\ ki}\comm{e_j}{e_l} +C^l_{\ ij}\comm{e_k}{e_l} & = 0_L\\ C^l_{\ jk}C^m_{\ il}e_m+C^l_{\ ki}C^m_{\ jl}e_m +C^l_{\ ij}C^m_{\ kl}e_m & = 0_L\\ (C^l_{\ jk}C^m_{\ il}+C^l_{\ ki}C^m_{\ jl} +C^l_{\ ij}C^m_{\ kl})e_m & = 0_L\ec \end{align*}

    so, writing \(0_L\) as

    \[ 0_L=\sum^{\dim{L}}_{m=1}0\cdot e_m,\quad 0\in\mathbb{K}\ec \]

    we obtain

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.158} C^l_{\ jk}C^m_{\ il}+C^l_{\ ki}C^m_{\ jl}+C^l_{\ ij}C^m_{\ kl}=0\ep \end{equation}

    From Equations (5.150) and (5.156) (the Jacobi identity on basis elements, with the inner and outer brackets expanded in turn).

Derivations

Definition 5.128 (Derivation).

Consider an algebra \(L\) and let \(D:L\longrightarrow L\) be a map. We say that \(D\) is a derivation if it satisfies the following properties:

  1. Linearity:

    \[ D(\alpha X+\beta Y)=\alpha DX+\beta DY\ec \]

    that is, \(D\) is a linear transformation.

  2. Leibniz rule:

    \[ D\comm{X}{Y}=\comm{DX}{Y}+\comm{X}{DY}\ep \]

Rests on Definitions 5.37 and 5.121.

The algebra of derivations

Derivations satisfy the following properties. Let \(D_1\) and \(D_2\) be derivations.

  1. Linear combination of derivations. The linear combination of derivations is also a derivation. Indeed, the linear combination of linear transformations is again a linear transformation; moreover, the Leibniz rule holds:

    \begin{align*} (\alpha D_1+\beta D_2)\comm{X}{Y} & = \alpha D_1\comm{X}{Y}+\beta D_2\comm{X}{Y}\\ & = \alpha(\comm{D_1X}{Y}+\comm{X}{D_1Y}) +\beta(\comm{D_2X}{Y}+\comm{X}{D_2Y})\\ & = \comm{\alpha D_1X}{Y}+\comm{\beta D_2X}{Y} +\comm{X}{\alpha D_1Y}+\comm{X}{\beta D_2Y}\\ & = \comm{(\alpha D_1+\beta D_2)X}{Y} +\comm{X}{(\alpha D_1+\beta D_2)Y}\ep \end{align*}
  2. Commutator of two derivations. The derivation of a derivation is, in general, not a derivation. Indeed, applying \(D_2\) to the Leibniz rule for \(D_1\),

    \begin{align} D_1\comm{X}{Y} & = \comm{D_1X}{Y}+\comm{X}{D_1Y}\nonumber\\ D_2D_1\comm{X}{Y} & = \comm{D_2D_1X}{Y}+\comm{D_1X}{D_2Y} +\comm{D_2X}{D_1Y}+\comm{X}{D_2D_1Y}\nonumber\\ & = \comm{D_2D_1X}{Y}+\comm{X}{D_2D_1Y} +\underbrace{\comm{D_1X}{D_2Y}+\comm{D_2X}{D_1Y}}_{ \text{in general }\neq\, 0_L}\ep \tag{5.159} \end{align}

    Analogously to Equation (5.159) we have

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.160}D_1D_2\comm{X}{Y}=\comm{D_1D_2X}{Y} +\comm{X}{D_1D_2Y}+\comm{D_2X}{D_1Y}+\comm{D_1X}{D_2Y}\ep \end{equation}

    Now, subtracting Equation (5.159) from Equation (5.160),

    \begin{align*} (D_1D_2-D_2D_1)\comm{X}{Y} & = \comm{D_1D_2X}{Y}+\comm{X}{D_1D_2Y} -\comm{D_2D_1X}{Y}-\comm{X}{D_2D_1Y}\\ & = \comm{(D_1D_2-D_2D_1)X}{Y}+\comm{X}{(D_1D_2-D_2D_1)Y}\ec \end{align*}

    hence

    \[ \comm{D_1}{D_2}\comm{X}{Y}=\comm{\comm{D_1}{D_2}X}{Y} +\comm{X}{\comm{D_1}{D_2}Y}\ec \]

    so the commutator of two derivations is again a derivation.

On the basis of the two properties above we may conclude that the set of all derivations definable on \(L\), together with the binary operation (internal, thanks to the closure proved in the second property) defined by \(\comm{D_1}{D_2}=D_1D_2-D_2D_1\), forms an algebra, which we shall call the algebra of derivations and denote \(L_A\).

Representations of groups

The classical groups

The orthogonal group

There is an important subgroup of the general linear group \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\) obtained by adding the property that every automorphism \(T\) satisfy \([T][T]\transpose=\identity\). Indeed, let \(A\) and \(B\) lie in this set, so that \([A][A]\transpose=\identity\) and \([B][B]\transpose=\identity\). By closure of \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\) there exists \(C\) such that \(AB=C\). We must prove that \([C][C]\transpose=\identity\). We have

\begin{align*} [C][C]\transpose & = [A][B]([A][B])\transpose\\ & = [A][B][B]\transpose[A]\transpose\\ & = [A]\,\identity\,[A]\transpose\\ & = \identity\ec \end{align*}

so this set possesses closure, and is therefore a subgroup.

Definition 5.129 (Orthogonal group).

The orthogonal group is the subgroup of \(\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\) whose elements satisfy \([T][T]\transpose=\identity\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.161} \Ogrp(n,\mathbb{K})=\set{T\in\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\mid [T][T]\transpose=\identity}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Equation (5.81).

Note that, taking determinants,

\begin{align*} [T][T]\transpose & = \identity\\ \det\left([T][T]\transpose\right) & = 1\\ \det[T]\,\det[T]\transpose & = 1\\ \det[T]\,\det[T] & = 1\\ (\det[T])^2 & = 1\ec \end{align*}

so that

\[ \det[T]=\pm1\ep \]

As we saw for the special linear group, the condition \(\det[T]=1\) possesses closure, which in general does not happen for the condition \(\det[T]=-1\). We therefore define the special orthogonal group as

\begin{equation}\tag{5.162} \SO(n,\mathbb{K})=\set{T\in\Ogrp(n,\mathbb{K})\mid\det[T]=1}\ep \end{equation}
Proposition 5.130 (An orthogonal transformation is an isometry).

Let \(\R^{n}\) carry the standard inner product \(\braket{u}{v}=u\transpose v\). A real array \(T\) of order \(n\) lies in \(\Ogrp(n,\R)\) if and only if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.163} \braket{Tu}{Tv}=\braket{u}{v}\qquad\text{for all }u,v\in\R^{n}\ec \end{equation}

and then in particular \(\norm{Tu}=\norm{u}\): an orthogonal transformation preserves lengths, and with them the angle Equation (5.18) between any two non-zero vectors. Rests on Definition 5.18, Proposition 5.49 and Equation (5.44).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.130. Equation (5.161) says \(TT\transpose=\identity\); in finite dimension a one-sided inverse is the inverse (Proposition 5.49), so \(T\transpose T=\identity\) as well, and the two conditions are interchangeable. Given them, \(\braket{Tu}{Tv}=u\transpose T\transpose Tv=u\transpose v\), which is Equation (5.163). Conversely, taking \(u\) and \(v\) to be the standard basis vectors in Equation (5.163) reads off \(\left(T\transpose T\right)_{ij}=\delta_{ij}\). The norm statement is Equation (5.44) with \(u=v\), and the angle statement then follows because both the numerator and the denominator of Equation (5.18) are unchanged.

Isotropic Cartesian tensors

An array of numbers carrying \(N\) indices, each running over the three directions of physical space, is a Cartesian tensor of rank \(N\) when its entries in a rotated orthonormal frame are obtained from those in the old one by contracting each index with the rotation. Almost every constitutive law of continuum physics is written with such an array, and almost every material to which those laws are first applied is isotropic: it has no preferred direction, so the array must be the same in every frame. That single requirement determines the array almost completely, and the following is the statement that does the work.

Definition 5.131 (Isotropic Cartesian tensor).

An array \(T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}}\) of \(3^{N}\) real numbers is an isotropic Cartesian tensor of rank \(N\) if

\begin{equation}\tag{5.164} T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} =R_{i_{1}j_{1}}\cdots R_{i_{N}j_{N}}T_{j_{1}\ldots j_{N}} \qquad\text{for every }R\in\SO(3)\ec \end{equation}

repeated indices being summed over \(1,2,3\) as in Section 5.3.3. Rests on Equation (5.162) and Definition 5.32.

Lemma 5.132 (Parity constraint).

Let \(T\) be isotropic of rank \(N\). A component \(T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}}\) vanishes unless, for each value \(p\in\set{1,2,3}\), the number \(m_{p}\) of indices equal to \(p\) has the same parity as \(N\). Rests on Definition 5.131 and Equation (5.162).

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.132. Fix \(p\) and let \(R^{(p)}\) be the diagonal array with \(+1\) in the \(p\)-th place and \(-1\) in the other two: it satisfies \(R\transpose R=\identity\) and has determinant \((+1)(-1)(-1)=+1\), so it lies in \(\SO(3)\) by Equation (5.162). Being diagonal, \(R^{(p)}_{ij}=s_{i}\delta_{ij}\) with \(s_{p}=1\) and \(s_{q}=-1\) for \(q\neq p\), so Equation (5.164) collapses to

\[ T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} =s_{i_{1}}\cdots s_{i_{N}}\,T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} =\left(-1\right)^{N-m_{p}}T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} \]

with no summation, \(N-m_{p}\) being the number of indices different from \(p\). If \(N-m_{p}\) is odd the component equals its own negative.

Theorem 5.133 (Isotropic Cartesian tensors of rank at most four).

Let \(T\) be an isotropic Cartesian tensor. Then, with \(a,b,c\in\R\) arbitrary,

\begin{align} N=1:\quad & T_{i}=0\ec\tag{5.165}\\ N=2:\quad & T_{ij}=a\,\delta_{ij}\ec\tag{5.166}\\ N=3:\quad & T_{ijk}=a\,\varepsilon_{ijk}\ec \tag{5.167}\\ N=4:\quad & T_{ijkl}=a\,\delta_{ij}\delta_{kl} +b\,\delta_{ik}\delta_{jl}+c\,\delta_{il}\delta_{jk}\ec \tag{5.168} \end{align}

and conversely every array of these forms is isotropic. A rank-four isotropic tensor therefore carries three free numbers, not \(3^{4}=81\). Rests on Lemma 5.132, Lemma 5.33 and Proposition 5.130.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.133. The converse first. \(\delta_{ij}\) is isotropic, because \(R_{ia}R_{jb}\delta_{ab}=R_{ia}R_{ja}=\delta_{ij}\) is \(RR\transpose=\identity\) (Proposition 5.130); products of Kronecker deltas are then isotropic index group by index group; and \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\) is isotropic by Equation (5.59), since \(\det R=1\) on \(\SO(3)\).

Two further elements of \(\SO(3)\) do the rest of the work. The cyclic array \(C\), with \(C_{21}=C_{32}=C_{13}=1\) and every other entry zero, is orthogonal and has determinant \(+1\), a \(3\)-cycle being an even permutation; substituted in Equation (5.164) it gives

\begin{equation}\tag{5.169} T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} =T_{\sigma(i_{1})\ldots\sigma(i_{N})}\ec\qquad \sigma:1\mapsto3\mapsto2\mapsto1\ec \end{equation}

that is, the components are unchanged when every index value is relabelled cyclically. The quarter turn \(Q\) about the third axis, with \(Q_{21}=1\), \(Q_{12}=-1\), \(Q_{33}=1\), is likewise in \(\SO(3)\) and gives

\begin{equation}\tag{5.170} T_{i_{1}\ldots i_{N}} =\left(-1\right)^{m_{1}} T_{\tau(i_{1})\ldots\tau(i_{N})}\ec\qquad \tau:1\leftrightarrow2\ec\ 3\mapsto3\ec \end{equation}

\(m_{1}\) being the number of indices equal to \(1\).

Rank one. Lemma 5.132 asks every \(m_{p}\) to be odd while \(m_{1}+m_{2}+m_{3}=1\), which is impossible; every component vanishes.

Rank two. Every \(m_{p}\) must be even and they sum to \(2\), so one of them is \(2\) and the others vanish: \(T_{ij}=0\) unless \(i=j\). By Equation (5.169), \(T_{11}=T_{33}=T_{22}\), and Equation (5.166) holds with \(a\) that common value.

Rank three. Every \(m_{p}\) must be odd and they sum to \(3\), so each equals \(1\): only components with three distinct indices survive. Equation (5.169) gives \(T_{123}=T_{312}=T_{231}\) and \(T_{213}=T_{132}=T_{321}\), and Equation (5.170) applied to \((1,2,3)\), where \(m_{1}=1\), gives \(T_{123}=-T_{213}\). The six surviving components are therefore \(\pm T_{123}\) according to the parity of the index arrangement, which is Equation (5.167) with \(a=T_{123}\).

Rank four. Every multiplicity must be even and they sum to \(4\), so they are either \((4,0,0)\) or \((2,2,0)\) in some order: the surviving components are the three \(T_{pppp}\) and, for each ordered pair of distinct values \(p\neq q\), the three arrangements \(T_{ppqq}\), \(T_{pqpq}\), \(T_{pqqp}\). Equation (5.169) makes \(T_{1111}=T_{3333}=T_{2222}\), a common value \(\alpha\), and carries the ordered pair \((p,q)\) to \((\sigma(p),\sigma(q))\), whose orbits are \(\set{(1,2),(3,1),(2,3)}\) and \(\set{(2,1),(1,3),(3,2)}\); Equation (5.170) applied to \((1,1,2,2)\), \((1,2,1,2)\) and \((1,2,2,1)\) — each with \(m_{1}=2\), hence with sign \(+1\) — gives \(T_{1122}=T_{2211}\), \(T_{1212}=T_{2121}\) and \(T_{1221}=T_{2112}\), joining the two orbits to each other. Hence the three numbers

\[ a=T_{ppqq}\ec\qquad b=T_{pqpq}\ec\qquad c=T_{pqqp} \]

do not depend on which ordered pair \(p\neq q\) is used, and Equation (5.168) reproduces every surviving component except possibly \(T_{pppp}\), where it returns \(a+b+c\) instead of \(\alpha\).

The last relation. Let \(R(\theta)\) be the rotation by \(\theta\) about the third axis, \(R_{11}=R_{22}=\cos{\theta}\), \(R_{21}=-R_{12}=\sin{\theta}\), \(R_{33}=1\). Only the values \(1\) and \(2\) occur in \(R_{1j}\), so Equation (5.164) for the component \(T_{1111}\) involves only components whose indices lie in \(\set{1,2}\), each carrying a factor \(\cos{\theta}\) for an index \(1\) and \(-\sin{\theta}\) for an index \(2\). Those with an odd number of \(2\)'s vanish by Lemma 5.132, and the rest give, writing \(\gamma=\cos{\theta}\) and \(s=\sin{\theta}\),

\[ \alpha=\left(\gamma^{4}+s^{4}\right)\alpha +2\gamma^{2}s^{2}\left(a+b+c\right)\ec \]

the six mixed components \(T_{1122},T_{1212},T_{1221},T_{2112}, T_{2121},T_{2211}\) each carrying the factor \(\gamma^{2}s^{2}\) and summing to \(2(a+b+c)\). Since \(\gamma^{4}+s^{4}=1-2\gamma^{2}s^{2}\), this reads \(2\gamma^{2}s^{2}\left(a+b+c-\alpha\right)=0\), and \(\theta=\pi/4\) makes \(\gamma^{2}s^{2}=1/4\), so \(\alpha=a+b+c\).

Remark 5.134 (What the theorem buys, and what it does not).

Equation (5.168) is the step at which the constitutive law of an isotropic elastic solid collapses from twenty-one independent constants to two, and at which the viscous stress of an isotropic Newtonian fluid collapses from eighty-one components to two viscosities: in both cases the array is symmetric in its first and last pairs of indices, which identifies two of the three constants of Equation (5.168) with each other and leaves two. The theorem says nothing about anisotropic materials — a crystal has a preferred set of directions and its tensor is invariant only under the finite point group of the lattice, so the count is a different and larger one — and it is a statement about \(\SO(3)\) alone: adding invariance under reflections would in addition kill the rank-three case, since \(\varepsilon_{ijk}\) changes sign there by Equation (5.59).

The unitary group

Another very important subgroup of the general linear group is a group analogous to \(\Ogrp(n,\mathbb{K})\), except that the added condition is \([T][T]^{\dagger}=\identity\); we call it the unitary group and symbolize it \(\U(n,\mathbb{K})\). Again, analogously, we can define the special unitary group by adding the condition \(\det[T]=1\). We have

\begin{align} \U(n,\mathbb{K})&=\set{T\in\GL(n,\mathbb{K})\mid [T][T]^{\dagger}=\identity}\ec\tag{5.171}\\ \SU(n,\mathbb{K})&=\set{T\in\U(n,\mathbb{K})\mid \det[T]=1}\ep\tag{5.172} \end{align}

The symplectic group

The orthogonal and unitary groups are the invariance groups of a symmetric form. The third classical family is the invariance group of a non-degenerate antisymmetric one, which Proposition 5.119 has already reduced to a single normal form.

Definition 5.135 (The symplectic group).

Let \(\omega\) be the non-degenerate antisymmetric bilinear form on \(\R^{2n}\) whose matrix in the basis of Equation (5.143) is

\begin{equation}\tag{5.173} J=\left[\omega\right]=\begin{pmatrix}0 & \identity_{n}\\ -\identity_{n} & 0\end{pmatrix}\ec\qquad \bigl(J\bigr)\transpose=-J\ec\quad J^{2}=-\identity_{2n}\ec\quad J^{-1}=-J\ep \end{equation}

The symplectic group is the set of linear transformations of \(\R^{2n}\) preserving \(\omega\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.174} \Sp(2n,\R)=\set{M\in\mathcal{M}_{2n\times 2n}\left[\R\right]\ \middle|\ \bigl(M\bigr)\transpose J\,M=J}\ec \end{equation}

the condition being \(\omega(Mu,Mv)=\omega(u,v)\) for all \(u,v\), written in components through Equation (5.138). Rests on Proposition 5.119, Definition 5.113 and Equation (5.138).

Proposition 5.136 ($\Sp(2n,\R)$ is a subgroup of $\GL(2n,\R)$).

Every \(M\) satisfying Equation (5.174) is invertible, and the set of such \(M\) is closed under multiplication and under inversion; it is therefore a subgroup of \(\GL(2n,\R)\). Rests on Definition 5.135, Equation (5.81) and Proposition 5.48.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.136. Invertibility. Taking determinants in Equation (5.174) and using \(\det\left(\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose\right)=\det{M}\), which is immediate from the Leibniz expansion Equation (5.19) on relabelling \(\sigma\longmapsto\sigma^{-1}\),

\[ \left(\det{M}\right)^{2}\det{J}=\det{J}\ec \]

and \(\det{J}\neq0\) because \(J\) is invertible by Equation (5.173). Hence \(\left(\det{M}\right)^{2}=1\), so \(\det{M}=\pm1\neq0\) and \(M\in\GL(2n,\R)\) by Equation (5.81).

Closure. If \(M\) and \(N\) both satisfy Equation (5.174) then

\begin{align*} \bigl(MN\bigr)\transpose J\left(MN\right) & = \bigl(N\bigr)\transpose\left(\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose J\,M\right)N\\ & = \bigl(N\bigr)\transpose J\,N\\ & = J\ec \end{align*}

the first line using \(\bigl(MN\bigr)\transpose =\bigl(N\bigr)\transpose\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose\).

Inverses. Transposing \(MM^{-1}=M^{-1}M=\identity_{2n}\) gives \(\bigl(M^{-1}\bigr)\transpose\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose =\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose\bigl(M^{-1}\bigr)\transpose=\identity_{2n}\), so \(\bigl(M^{-1}\bigr)\transpose\) is the inverse of \(\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose\) — the uniqueness of Proposition 5.48. Multiplying \(\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose J\,M=J\) on the left by \(\bigl(M^{-1}\bigr)\transpose\) and on the right by \(M^{-1}\) therefore yields

\[ J=\bigl(M^{-1}\bigr)\transpose J\,M^{-1}\ec \]

so \(M^{-1}\) is symplectic as well. Associativity and the identity \(\identity_{2n}\), which trivially satisfies Equation (5.174), are inherited from \(\GL(2n,\R)\).

The determinant is in fact never \(-1\). Proving that requires one genuine piece of multilinear algebra, which is worth isolating because it is the characterization of the determinant that makes the argument work.

Lemma 5.137 (The alternating top form is unique up to scale).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a real vector space of dimension \(N\) with basis \(\set{b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}}\), and let \(\Omega:\mathbb{V}^{N}\longrightarrow\R\) be \(N\)-linear (linear in each argument with the others held fixed) and alternating, meaning that it changes sign whenever two of its arguments are exchanged. Then, with \(v_{j}=\sum_{i}v^{i}_{\ j}b_{i}\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.175} \Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{N}\right) =\Omega\left(b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}\right) \det{\left[v^{i}_{\ j}\right]}\ec \end{equation}

and consequently, for every linear \(M:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\),

\begin{equation}\tag{5.176} \Omega\left(Mv_{1},\ldots,Mv_{N}\right) =\det{M}\;\Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{N}\right)\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Equation (5.19), Definition 5.110 and Definition 5.15.

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.137. First, \(\Omega\) vanishes whenever two of its arguments are equal: exchanging those two leaves it unchanged and, by hypothesis, reverses its sign, so \(\Omega=-\Omega\) and \(2\Omega=0\) in \(\R\).

Expanding each argument by \(N\)-linearity,

\[ \Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{N}\right) =\sum_{i_{1},\ldots,i_{N}}v^{i_{1}}_{\ 1}\cdots v^{i_{N}}_{\ N}\, \Omega\left(b_{i_{1}},\ldots,b_{i_{N}}\right)\ec \]

and every term in which two indices coincide vanishes by the previous paragraph. The surviving tuples are exactly those of the form \(i_{j}=\sigma(j)\) for a permutation \(\sigma\) of \(N\) symbols; writing \(\sigma\) as a product of transpositions and applying the sign change once per transposition gives \(\Omega\left(b_{\sigma(1)},\ldots,b_{\sigma(N)}\right) =\sgn(\sigma)\,\Omega\left(b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}\right)\). Hence

\[ \Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{N}\right) =\Omega\left(b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}\right)\sum_{\sigma}\sgn(\sigma) \prod_{j=1}^{N}v^{\sigma(j)}_{\ j}\ec \]

whose sum is the Leibniz expansion Equation (5.19) of \(\det{\left[v^{i}_{\ j}\right]}\). This is Equation (5.175).

For Equation (5.176), note that the components of \(Mv_{j}\) are the entries of the array \(\left[M\right] \left[v^{i}_{\ j}\right]\), since a matrix acts on a column of components by Proposition 5.45. Applying Equation (5.175) twice and using the multiplicativity of the determinant,

\begin{align*} \Omega\left(Mv_{1},\ldots,Mv_{N}\right) & = \Omega\left(b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}\right) \det{\left(\left[M\right]\left[v^{i}_{\ j}\right]\right)}\\ & = \det{M}\;\Omega\left(b_{1},\ldots,b_{N}\right) \det{\left[v^{i}_{\ j}\right]}\\ & = \det{M}\;\Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{N}\right)\ep \end{align*}
Theorem 5.138 (A symplectic transformation has determinant $+1$).

Every \(M\in\Sp(2n,\R)\) satisfies \(\det{M}=1\). Hence \(\Sp(2n,\R)\leq\SL(2n,\R)\), and for \(n=1\) the two coincide. Rests on Definition 5.135, Lemma 5.137 and Proposition 5.119.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.138. Build from \(\omega\) the \(2n\)-argument function

\begin{equation}\tag{5.177} \Omega\left(v_{1},\ldots,v_{2n}\right) =\frac{1}{2^{n}n!}\sum_{\sigma}\sgn(\sigma)\prod_{i=1}^{n} \omega\left(v_{\sigma(2i-1)},v_{\sigma(2i)}\right)\ec \end{equation}

the sum running over all permutations \(\sigma\) of \(2n\) symbols.

\(\Omega\) is \(2n\)-linear. In each term every argument occurs in exactly one of the \(n\) factors and occurs there once, and \(\omega\) is linear in each of its slots.

\(\Omega\) is alternating. Let \(\tau\) be the transposition exchanging two of the argument positions. Replacing the arguments by their \(\tau\)-permutation and substituting \(\sigma'=\tau\sigma\) in the sum — which merely reindexes it, \(\sigma\longmapsto\tau\sigma\) being a bijection of the permutations onto themselves — gives back Equation (5.177) with \(\sgn(\sigma)=\sgn(\tau) \sgn(\sigma')=-\sgn(\sigma')\), that is, with the opposite sign.

\(\Omega\) does not vanish identically. Evaluate it on the canonical basis of Equation (5.143), taken in the interleaved order \((e_{1},f_{1},e_{2},f_{2},\ldots,e_{n},f_{n})\). A term survives only if each factor pairs some \(e_{i}\) with the corresponding \(f_{i}\), that is, only if the \(n\) unordered pairs \(\set{\sigma(2i-1),\sigma(2i)}\) are exactly the \(n\) pairs \(\set{2i-1,2i}\) of argument positions; there are \(n!\) ways to order those pairs among the factors and \(2\) ways to order each pair internally, so \(2^{n}n!\) terms survive. Each contributes \(+1\): reversing one pair internally multiplies its factor \(\omega(e_{i},f_{i})=1\) by \(-1\), by antisymmetry, and multiplies \(\sgn(\sigma)\) by \(-1\) as well, while permuting whole pairs is an even permutation, being a product of transpositions of two-element blocks. Dividing by \(2^{n}n!\),

\[ \Omega\left(e_{1},f_{1},\ldots,e_{n},f_{n}\right)=1\ep \]

Conclusion. If \(M\) is symplectic then \(\omega(Mu,Mv)=\omega(u,v)\), so every factor in Equation (5.177) is unchanged when each argument is replaced by its image, and \(\Omega(Mv_{1},\ldots,Mv_{2n})=\Omega(v_{1},\ldots,v_{2n})\). But Equation (5.176) says the left-hand side equals \(\det{M}\,\Omega(v_{1},\ldots,v_{2n})\). Evaluating both on the canonical basis, where \(\Omega=1\), gives \(\det{M}=1\).

For \(n=1\) a direct computation settles the converse inclusion: for any real \(2\times2\) array \(M\) one has \(\bigl(M\bigr)\transpose J\,M =\det{M}\,J\), so Equation (5.174) reduces to \(\det{M}=1\) and \(\Sp(2,\R)=\SL(2,\R)\).

Proposition 5.139 (Dimension of the symplectic group).

The set

\begin{equation}\tag{5.178} \mathfrak{sp}(2n,\R)=\set{X\in\mathcal{M}_{2n\times2n}\left[\R\right] \ \middle|\ \bigl(X\bigr)\transpose J+J\,X=0} \end{equation}

is a Lie subalgebra of the matrix algebra of Proposition 5.125, and

\begin{equation}\tag{5.179} \dim{\mathfrak{sp}(2n,\R)}=n\left(2n+1\right)\ec \end{equation}

which is also the dimension of \(\Sp(2n,\R)\) as a Lie group. Rests on Definition 5.135, Definition 5.127 and Proposition 5.125.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.139. It is a subspace and a subalgebra. The defining condition Equation (5.178) is linear in \(X\), so the set is a subspace. For the bracket, let \(X,Y\in\mathfrak{sp}(2n,\R)\), so that \(\bigl(X\bigr)\transpose J=-JX\) and \(\bigl(Y\bigr)\transpose J=-JY\). Then

\begin{align*} \bigl(\comm{X}{Y}\bigr)\transpose J & = \left(\bigl(Y\bigr)\transpose\bigl(X\bigr)\transpose -\bigl(X\bigr)\transpose\bigl(Y\bigr)\transpose\right)J\\ & = \bigl(Y\bigr)\transpose\left(-JX\right) -\bigl(X\bigr)\transpose\left(-JY\right)\\ & = -\left(-JY\right)X+\left(-JX\right)Y\\ & = -J\left(XY-YX\right)=-J\comm{X}{Y}\ec \end{align*}

so \(\comm{X}{Y}\in\mathfrak{sp}(2n,\R)\), and the two Lie-algebra axioms Equations (5.155) and (5.156) hold because the commutator satisfies them on the whole matrix algebra.

The dimension. Put \(S=J\,X\), so that \(X=J^{-1}S=-J\,S\) by Equation (5.173); the assignment \(X\longmapsto S\) is a linear bijection of \(\mathcal{M}_{2n\times2n}\left[\R\right]\) onto itself. Using \(\bigl(J^{-1}\bigr)\transpose=\bigl(-J\bigr)\transpose=J\) and \(J^{2}=-\identity_{2n}\),

\[ \bigl(X\bigr)\transpose J =\bigl(J^{-1}S\bigr)\transpose J =\bigl(S\bigr)\transpose\bigl(J^{-1}\bigr)\transpose J =\bigl(S\bigr)\transpose J^{2} =-\bigl(S\bigr)\transpose\ec \]

so the condition \(\bigl(X\bigr)\transpose J+JX=0\) becomes \(-\bigl(S\bigr)\transpose+S=0\): precisely the statement that \(S\) is symmetric. The symmetric arrays of order \(2n\) form a subspace of dimension \(2n(2n+1)/2=n(2n+1)\), a basis being given by the arrays with \(1\) in a diagonal entry and by those with \(1\) in a pair of mirror-image off-diagonal entries. This is Equation (5.179).

That the group has the same dimension is the general correspondence between a Lie group and its algebra, established in Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Fibre Bundles; the check \(n=1\) is reassuring, for \(n(2n+1)=3\) agrees with the three parameters of \(\SL(2,\R)\) — four entries subject to one determinant condition — as Theorem 5.138 requires.

Remark 5.140 (Where the symplectic group is used).

The group is the exact linear counterpart of a structure physics meets in its first serious reformulation of mechanics. The phase space of a system with \(N\) degrees of freedom carries a non-degenerate antisymmetric form pairing each coordinate with its conjugate momentum (Remark 5.120), so \(\omega(u,v)\) has the SI unit of action, \(\mathrm{J}\,\mathrm{s}\); the linear transformations preserving it are exactly the linear canonical transformations, which is why Hamilton's equations take the same shape in every canonical coordinate system (Hamiltonian Mechanics). The passage from the fixed form on one vector space to a form varying smoothly over a manifold, and the theorem of Darboux that says nothing is lost in the passage, belong to Symplectic Geometry of Phase Space. Note also the contrast with Equation (5.161): for the orthogonal group the determinant condition \(\det{M}=1\) is an extra requirement, singling out \(\SO\) inside \(\Ogrp\), whereas for the symplectic group Theorem 5.138 makes it automatic — there is no “special symplectic group” to define.

Representations

Definition 5.141 (Representation of a group).

Let \(G\) be a group and \(X\) a set. We define a representation of \(G\) on \(X\) as a group homomorphism

\[ \begin{array}{crcl} \rho: & G&\longrightarrow&S_X\\ & a&\longmapsto&\rho_a:X\longrightarrow X\ep \end{array} \]

Rests on Definitions 4.21, 4.43 and 4.48.

From now on we shall consider representations in which the set \(X\) is a vector space, that is, the case

\[ S_X=\GL(\mathbb{V})\ec \]

so the representations we shall study are of the form

\[ \begin{array}{ccccccl} U: & G & \longrightarrow & \GL(\mathbb{V}) & &\\ & a & \longmapsto & U(a): & \mathbb{V} & \longrightarrow & \mathbb{V}\\ &&&& \ket{v} & \longmapsto & U(a)\left(\ket{v}\right)\stackrel{\text{not.}}{=}U(a)\ket{v}\ec \end{array} \]

where \(U(a)\) is a linear transformation by definition.

Definition 5.142 (Dimension of a representation).

We refer to the dimension of a representation \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) as the dimension of \(\mathbb{V}\). Rests on Definitions 5.16 and 5.141.

Definition 5.143 (Faithful representation).

We say that a representation \(U\) is faithful if and only if \(U\) is an isomorphism. We say that a representation is degenerate if it is not faithful. Rests on Definitions 4.44 and 5.141.

Definition 5.144 (Unitary representation).

Let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V})}\) be a representation. We say that \(U\) is unitary if and only if

  1. the vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) is equipped with an inner product;

  2. the linear transformation \(U(a)\) is unitary for every \(a\).

Rests on Definition 5.141, Definition 5.18 and Equation (5.171).

From now on we shall consider only unitary representations, unless we specify a more general case.

Representation matrix

Consider a linear space \(\mathbb{V}=\gen{\{\ket{\hat{e}_i}\}^{\dim\mathbb{V}}_i}\) and a representation \(U\). We can write

\[ U(a)\ket{\hat{e}_i}=U^j_{\ i}(a)\ket{\hat{e}_j}\ec \]

that is, the effect of a linear transformation on an element of the basis can be written as a linear combination of the elements of the basis — for it is, indeed, a basis.

We can associate the matrix \(\left[U^j_{\ i}(a)\right]\) with the coefficients of this linear combination. For a more compact notation we symbolize this simply as

\[ \left[U^j_{\ i}(a)\right]\stackrel{\text{not.}}{=}D(a)\ec \]

which is the matrix representation of the representation \(U\) with respect to \(a\); equivalently, \(D(a)\) is the matrix representation of the linear transformation \(U(a)\).

Let us see that the matrix representation of a representation is also a homomorphism. We have

\begin{align*} U(a)U(b)\ket{\hat{e}_i} & = U(a)U^j_{\ i}(b)\ket{\hat{e}_j}\\ U(ab)\ket{\hat{e}_i} & = U^{k}_{\ j}(a)U^j_{\ i}(b)\ket{\hat{e}_k}\\ U^{k}_{\ i}(ab)\ket{\hat{e}_k} & = U^{k}_{\ j}(a)U^j_{\ i}(b)\ket{\hat{e}_k}\ec \end{align*}

from which we conclude that

\[ U^{k}_{\ i}(ab)=U^{k}_{\ j}(a)U^j_{\ i}(b)\ec \]

or, in matrix notation,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.180} D(ab)=D(a)D(b)\ep \end{equation}
Definition 5.145 (Equivalent representations).

Consider the representations \(U\) and \(U'\). We say that these representations are equivalent if and only if there exists an operator \(S\) such that

\[ U'(a)=SU(a)S^{-1}\ec \]

which is a similarity transformation; consequently, the set of all equivalent representations of a group forms an equivalence class. Rests on Definition 5.141.

Definition 5.146 (Character).

We define the character of a representation \(U\) as

\begin{equation}\tag{5.181} \chi(a)=\tr{(D(a))}\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definition 5.141.

As we know, the trace is invariant under similarity transformations, so the character of a representation is invariant under similarity transformations. In other words, an equivalence class of representations is characterized by a character. The character of a representation is thus useful because it is basis-independent.

Irreducible representations

Definition 5.147 (Invariant subspace).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space and \(\mathbb{S}\leq\mathbb{V}\) a subspace. We say that the subspace \(\mathbb{S}\) is invariant with respect to the representation \(U\) if and only if

\[ U(a)\ket{v}\in\mathbb{S},\quad\forall\, \ket{v}\in\mathbb{S}\ \wedge\ \forall\, a\in G\ec \]

that is, the vectors of the subspace do not leave this set when operated on by \(U(a)\). Rests on Definitions 5.7 and 5.141.

To visualize this more easily, we may conceive an invariant subspace as a set of trapped vectors, which do not escape from \(\mathbb{S}\) when operated on by the linear transformation \(U(a)\).

Given a representation there are always two trivial invariant subspaces: the null space and \(\mathbb{V}\) itself.

Definition 5.148 (Irreducible representation).

Let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V})}\) be a representation. We say that \(U\) is irreducible if and only if the only invariant subspaces with respect to it are the trivial ones, namely the null space and \(\mathbb{V}\).

We say that a representation is reducible if and only if it is not irreducible, that is, if there exists a (non-trivial) invariant subspace with respect to \(U\). Rests on Definition 5.147.

Definition 5.149 (Totally reducible representation).

Consider an invariant subspace \(\mathbb{S}\) with respect to \(U\). We say that the representation \(U\) is totally reducible if the orthogonal complement of \(\mathbb{S}\) is also invariant with respect to \(U\). Rests on Definition 5.147 and Equation (5.52).

Before stating the proposition, fix what “unitary” says about the operator rather than about its matrix. By Definition 5.144 and Equation (5.171), \(U\) is unitary when \(\mathbb{V}\) carries an inner product and \(D(a)^{\dagger}D(a)=\identity\) for every \(a\). In an orthonormal basis (Equation (5.49)) that condition is equivalent to the statement that \(U(a)\) preserves the inner product, since

\begin{align} \braket{U(a)e_{i}}{U(a)e_{j}} & = \sum_{k,l}\left(D^{k}_{\ i}(a)\right)^{\ast}D^{l}_{\ j}(a) \braket{e_{k}}{e_{l}} && \text{by Equations (5.34) and (5.36)}\nonumber\\ & = \sum_{k}\left(D^{k}_{\ i}(a)\right)^{\ast}D^{k}_{\ j}(a)\nonumber\\ & = \left(D(a)^{\dagger}D(a)\right)^{i}_{\ j}\ec \tag{5.182} \end{align}

which equals \(\delta^{i}_{\ j}=\braket{e_{i}}{e_{j}}\) for all \(i,j\) exactly when \(D(a)^{\dagger}D(a)=\identity\); the general case follows by expanding arbitrary \(u,v\) in the basis. We shall use the invariant form

\begin{equation}\tag{5.183} \braket{U(a)u}{U(a)v}=\braket{u}{v}\ec\qquad \forall\,u,v\in\mathbb{V},\ \forall\,a\in G\ep \end{equation}
Lemma 5.150 (Invariance of the orthogonal complement).

Let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) be a unitary representation of a group \(G\) on a vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) with an inner product, and let \(\mathbb{S}\leq\mathbb{V}\) be an invariant subspace (Definition 5.147). Then the orthogonal complement \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) of Equation (5.52) is invariant as well. Rests on Definition 5.144, Definition 5.147, Equation (5.183), Equation (5.52) and Equation (4.25).

Proof.

Derives Lemma 5.150. Let \(w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) and \(a\in G\); we must show \(U(a)w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), that is, \(\braket{s}{U(a)w}=0\) for every \(s\in\mathbb{S}\). Because \(U\) is a group homomorphism into \(\GL(\mathbb{V})\), the operator \(U(a)\) is invertible with \(U(a)^{-1}=U(a^{-1})\) by Equation (4.25), so we may write \(s=U(a)U(a^{-1})s\) and use Equation (5.183):

\begin{align*} \braket{s}{U(a)w} & = \braket{U(a)U(a^{-1})s}{U(a)w}\\ & = \braket{U(a^{-1})s}{w} && \text{by Equation (5.183)}\\ & = 0\ec \end{align*}

the last step because \(a^{-1}\in G\) — a group contains the inverse of each of its elements — so \(U(a^{-1})s\in\mathbb{S}\) by the invariance of \(\mathbb{S}\), and \(w\) is orthogonal to every vector of \(\mathbb{S}\). As \(s\) was arbitrary, \(U(a)w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\).

Three hypotheses were used and no others: that \(U\) is unitary, that \(G\) is a group, and that \(U\) is a homomorphism. Neither the dimension of \(\mathbb{V}\) nor any property of \(G\) beyond its being a group entered, so the lemma holds for infinite groups and in infinite dimension.

Proposition 5.151.

Let \(U\) be a unitary representation. If \(U\) is not totally reducible, then it is not reducible. Rests on Lemma 5.150, Definition 5.148 and Definition 5.149.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.151. We prove the contrapositive: if \(U\) is reducible then it is totally reducible. Suppose \(U\) is reducible, so that by Definition 5.148 there exists a non-trivial invariant subspace \(\mathbb{S}\). By Lemma 5.150 the orthogonal complement \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is invariant too, and that is exactly the condition Definition 5.149 imposes for \(U\) to be totally reducible.

Hence no unitary representation can be reducible without being totally reducible, and the stated implication follows.

Remark 5.152 (The proposition is the contrapositive of a stronger one).

Read in the direction just proved, the statement says something the source does not spell out: for a unitary representation the case “reducible but not totally reducible” is empty. It is not empty for representations in general. The standard witness lives already in \(\GL(2,\C)\): the map

\[ U(n)=\begin{pmatrix} 1 & n\\ 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\ec\qquad n\in\Z\ec \]

is a representation of the additive group \(\Z\), since \(U(n)U(m)=U(n+m)\). The subspace spanned by \((1,0)\transpose\) is invariant, so the representation is reducible; but no complementary subspace is invariant, because any vector with non-zero second component is moved by \(U(1)\) out of every line through it other than the first axis. The representation is therefore reducible and not totally reducible — and, consistently with Proposition 5.151, it is not unitary: \(U(n)\) does not preserve the standard inner product, as \(\norm{U(n)(0,1)\transpose}^{2} =1+n^{2}\) grows without bound. This is the exact point at which Proposition 5.155 does its work: for a finite group no such example exists, because every representation of a finite group can be made unitary.

Representations of finite groups

The two results of this section are the ones the rest of the chapter — and, through it, a good deal of the physics later in the treatise — actually stands on. The source states both and leaves their derivations in draft form; they are given here in full, with the hypotheses each of them really needs made explicit, because those hypotheses are what decides where the results may be used and where they may not.

Complete reducibility of a unitary representation

Proposition 5.153.

Let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) be a unitary representation of a group \(G\) on a finite-dimensional vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) equipped with an inner product. Then:

  1. if \(U\) is reducible it is totally reducible — for every invariant subspace \(\mathbb{S}\) the orthogonal complement \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is invariant as well, and \(\mathbb{V}=\mathbb{S}\oplus\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\);

  2. consequently \(\mathbb{V}\) is the orthogonal direct sum of finitely many invariant subspaces on each of which \(U\) acts irreducibly,

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.184} \mathbb{V}=\bigoplus_{\mu}\mathbb{V}^{\mu}\ec\qquad U(a)=\bigoplus_{\mu}U^{\mu}(a)\ec \end{equation}

    with \(U^{\mu}(a)=\left.U(a)\right|_{\mathbb{V}^{\mu}}\) a unitary irreducible representation of \(G\) on \(\mathbb{V}^{\mu}\).

Rests on Lemma 5.150, Corollary 5.29, Definition 5.149 and Definition 5.148.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.153. Part 1. That \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) is invariant is Lemma 5.150, which used no finiteness at all. That the two subspaces exhaust \(\mathbb{V}\),

\[ \mathbb{V}=\mathbb{S}\oplus\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\ec \]

is Corollary 5.29, and this is where the finite dimension enters: it is what guarantees the orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{S}\) from which the projection was built. Every vector of \(\mathbb{V}\) therefore splits uniquely as \(v=s+w\) with \(s\in\mathbb{S}\) and \(w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), and since \(U(a)s\in\mathbb{S}\) and \(U(a)w\in\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\), the operator \(U(a)\) acts on the two summands separately:

\[ U(a)v=\left.U(a)\right|_{\mathbb{S}}s +\left.U(a)\right|_{\mathbb{S}^{\perp}}w\ep \]

In a basis adapted to the splitting the matrix \(D(a)\) is block diagonal for every \(a\) simultaneously, which is what totally reducible means operationally.

Each restriction is itself a representation: it is linear; it is invertible on its subspace, because \(U(a^{-1})\) maps that subspace into itself and \(U(a)U(a^{-1})=U(e)=\id\); and it inherits \(U(ab)=U(a)U(b)\) from \(U\). It is unitary, because Equation (5.183) holds in particular for vectors of the subspace.

Part 2. Induction on \(n=\dim{\mathbb{V}}\). If \(n=1\) the only subspaces are the trivial ones, so \(U\) is irreducible by Definition 5.148 and the decomposition has one summand. Let \(n>1\) and suppose the claim proved for all dimensions smaller than \(n\). If \(U\) is irreducible we are again done. If not, there is a non-trivial invariant subspace \(\mathbb{S}\), and by Part 1

\[ \mathbb{V}=\mathbb{S}\oplus\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\ec\qquad 1\leq\dim{\mathbb{S}}<n\ec\quad 1\leq\dim{\mathbb{S}^{\perp}}<n\ec \]

the strict inequalities holding because \(\mathbb{S}\) is neither the null space nor the whole of \(\mathbb{V}\). The restrictions of \(U\) to \(\mathbb{S}\) and to \(\mathbb{S}^{\perp}\) are unitary representations on spaces of strictly smaller dimension, so the induction hypothesis applies to each and decomposes it into irreducible summands; collecting the two lists gives Equation (5.184). The recursion terminates after at most \(n\) steps because the dimension drops by at least one each time, and the summands are mutually orthogonal by construction.

Remark 5.154 (What each hypothesis is for).

Three are in play and they are used in three different places.

  • An inner product is needed to have an orthogonal complement at all. Without one, “totally reducible” in the sense of Definition 5.149 is not even a statement; the basis-free version of the result is that every invariant subspace has some invariant complement, and the inner product is what supplies it canonically.

  • Unitarity is what makes that complement invariant (Lemma 5.150). Drop it and the conclusion is false: the representation of \(\Z\) in Remark 5.152 is reducible with no invariant complement whatsoever.

  • Finite dimension is used twice, for the splitting Equation (5.53) and for the termination of the induction. In infinite dimension the first survives for closed subspaces of a Hilbert space (Definition 12.2) — by the projection theorem reserved for Section 12.2.1 — but the second does not, and a unitary representation there need not be a direct sum of irreducibles at all — the representation of the translation group \((\R,+)\) on \(L^{2}(\R)\) by \(\left(U(a)f\right)(x)=f(x-a)\) has no irreducible subrepresentation whatever, and its decomposition is a direct integral over the characters \(\ee^{\ii kx}\), which is the Fourier transform of Fourier Analysis and Integral Transforms in disguise.

Every representation of a finite group is unitary

The preceding proposition is worth little on its own, since it presumes what is usually not given: that the representation one happens to be handed is unitary. The following result removes the presumption for finite groups, and it does so constructively — it exhibits the inner product that makes the representation unitary. The device is the averaging or “unitarian” trick, which replaces a quantity by its average over the group and thereby makes it group-invariant by construction; it is the discrete ancestor of every projection onto a symmetric configuration used later in the treatise.

Proposition 5.155 (Averaging trick).

Let \(G=\set{g_{i}}^{n_{G}}_{i=1}\) be a finite group of order \(n_{G}\) and let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) be a representation on a finite-dimensional vector space \(\mathbb{V}\) over \(\mathbb{K}=\R\) or \(\mathbb{K}=\C\), equipped with an inner product \(\braket{\ }{\ }\). Define

\begin{equation}\tag{5.185} \avg{u,v}_{G}=\frac{1}{n_{G}}\sum_{i=1}^{n_{G}} \braket{U(g_{i})u}{U(g_{i})v}\ep \end{equation}

Then \(\avg{\ ,\ }_{G}\) is an inner product on \(\mathbb{V}\); it is \(G\)-invariant,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.186} \avg{U(a)u,U(a)v}_{G}=\avg{u,v}_{G}\ec\qquad\forall\,a\in G\ec \end{equation}

so that \(U\) is unitary with respect to it; and there exists \(S\in\GL(\mathbb{V})\) such that

\begin{equation}\tag{5.187} U'(a)=SU(a)S^{-1} \end{equation}

is unitary with respect to the original inner product. Hence \(U\) is equivalent, in the sense of Definition 5.145, to a unitary representation. Rests on Definition 5.18, Definition 5.144, Definition 5.145, Proposition 5.28 and Equation (5.183).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.155. Step 1: Equation (5.185) is an inner product. Each summand is the original inner product evaluated on the images of \(u\) and \(v\), so the five axioms transfer term by term.

  • Linearity in the second argument Equations (5.34) and (5.35): \(U(g_{i})\) is linear, so \(U(g_{i})(av+bw)=aU(g_{i})v+bU(g_{i})w\), and Equations (5.34) and (5.35) applied inside each summand give the same for the average. The conjugate rules Equations (5.36) and (5.37) follow in the same way.

  • Hermiticity Equation (5.33): each summand satisfies

    \[ \braket{U(g_{i})u}{U(g_{i})v}^{\ast}=\braket{U(g_{i})v}{U(g_{i})u}\ec \]

    and \(1/n_{G}\) is real, so the sum inherits the property.

  • Positive definiteness Equation (5.32): let \(u\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\). Since \(U(g_{i})\in\GL(\mathbb{V})\) is invertible, \(U(g_{i})u\neq0_{\mathbb{V}}\), so every summand \(\braket{U(g_{i})u}{U(g_{i})u}\) is strictly positive by Equation (5.32); a sum of \(n_{G}\) strictly positive reals divided by \(n_{G}\) is strictly positive. Equation (5.31) follows, the direction (\(\Leftarrow\)) from Equation (5.38).

Note where the finiteness of \(G\) has been used: the sum has finitely many terms, and \(n_{G}\) is invertible in \(\mathbb{K}\).

Step 2: invariance, Equation (5.186). Using the homomorphism property \(U(g_{i})U(a)=U(g_{i}a)\),

\begin{align*} \avg{U(a)u,U(a)v}_{G} & = \frac{1}{n_{G}}\sum_{i=1}^{n_{G}} \braket{U(g_{i})U(a)u}{U(g_{i})U(a)v}\\ & = \frac{1}{n_{G}}\sum_{i=1}^{n_{G}} \braket{U(g_{i}a)u}{U(g_{i}a)v}\\ & = \frac{1}{n_{G}}\sum_{j=1}^{n_{G}} \braket{U(g_{j})u}{U(g_{j})v}\\ & = \avg{u,v}_{G}\ec \end{align*}

the third line because right multiplication by \(a\) is a bijection of \(G\) onto itself: it is injective, since \(g_{i}a=g_{j}a\) implies \(g_{i}=g_{j}\) on multiplying by \(a^{-1}\), and therefore surjective on a finite set, so \(\set{g_{i}a}\) is a relabelling of \(\set{g_{j}}\) and the summands are the same numbers in another order. This is the whole of the trick: an average over the group cannot tell which element of the group it is looking at. With Equation (5.186) in hand, \(U\) satisfies Equation (5.183) for the product \(\avg{\ ,\ }_{G}\), that is, it is a unitary representation on the inner-product space \((\mathbb{V},\avg{\ ,\ }_{G})\).

Step 3: the equivalence Equation (5.187). What remains is bookkeeping: to say “unitary” with respect to the original product rather than the new one. By Proposition 5.28 applied twice, choose a basis \(\set{e_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\) orthonormal for \(\braket{\ }{\ }\) and a basis \(\set{\tilde{e}_{i}}^{n}_{i=1}\) orthonormal for \(\avg{\ ,\ }_{G}\), and let \(S\) be the linear map determined by \(S\tilde{e}_{i}=e_{i}\), which is invertible because it carries a basis to a basis. For \(u=\sum_{i}u^{i}\tilde{e}_{i}\) and \(v=\sum_{i}v^{i}\tilde{e}_{i}\), orthonormality of each basis for its own product gives

\[ \braket{Su}{Sv}=\sum_{i=1}^{n}\left(u^{i}\right)^{\ast}v^{i} =\avg{u,v}_{G}\ec \]

that is, \(S\) carries the averaged product to the original one. Therefore, for all \(x,y\in\mathbb{V}\),

\begin{align*} \braket{U'(a)x}{U'(a)y} & = \braket{SU(a)S^{-1}x}{SU(a)S^{-1}y}\\ & = \avg{U(a)S^{-1}x,U(a)S^{-1}y}_{G}\\ & = \avg{S^{-1}x,S^{-1}y}_{G} && \text{by Equation (5.186)}\\ & = \braket{x}{y}\ec \end{align*}

so \(U'\) satisfies Equation (5.183) for \(\braket{\ }{\ }\) and is a unitary representation, equivalent to \(U\) by construction.

Remark 5.156 (Where the finiteness is really needed, and what replaces it).

Finiteness of \(G\) entered in exactly two places, both in Step 1–2: the sum Equation (5.185) must converge, and \(n_{G}\) must be invertible. Neither is a statement about \(\mathbb{V}\), and that is what makes the trick portable.

  • Compact continuous groups. Replace the normalized sum \(n_{G}^{-1}\sum_{i}\) by the integral \(\int_{G}\dd\mu(g)\) against the normalized bi-invariant Haar measure of the group, which exists and is unique on a compact group. Step 2 goes through verbatim, since invariance of the measure under right translation is precisely what replaced the rearrangement of the finite sum; positivity in Step 1 survives because the integrand is continuous and strictly positive. Every continuous finite-dimensional representation of a compact group — and \(\SO(3,\R)\), \(\SU(2)\) and \(\U(1)\), the groups on which most of the physics in this treatise turns, are compact — is therefore equivalent to a unitary one and, by Proposition 5.153, completely reducible. The continuity hypothesis is not decoration and cannot be dropped: the whole argument consists of integrating \(g\longmapsto\braket{U(g)u}{U(g)v}\) against \(\dd\mu\), and a representation that is not at least measurable has nothing there to integrate. Continuity is the hypothesis every physical example satisfies and the one under which the statement is normally quoted; measurability suffices, and for these groups the two coincide in practice. This treatise takes the existence and uniqueness of the normalized bi-invariant measure on a compact group as an imported theorem of topological group theory, due to Haar [Haar:1933]; it is not constructed anywhere in this book, and the natural home for it would be the Lie-group material of Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Fibre Bundles, which at the time of writing does not carry it either.

  • Non-compact groups. There the argument fails, and not for want of ingenuity: a non-compact group carries no finite invariant measure, so there is nothing to average with. The failure is physical as well as technical. The Lorentz group is non-compact — its boosts form a non-compact one-parameter family — and its non-trivial finite-dimensional representations, the ones that classify fields in Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries, are not unitary; its non-trivial unitary representations, the ones that classify particle states, are all infinite-dimensional [Wigner:1939]. The qualifier is needed on both halves and for the same reason: the trivial representation, which sends every group element to the identity operator on a one-dimensional space, is finite-dimensional and unitary at once, and would falsify either statement read without it. The exception is trivial in the literal sense — it is the one representation that records nothing whatever about the group — but a statement a counterexample falsifies is a false statement, so the qualifier stands. Complete reducibility must then be argued case by case, and the sharp division between the two kinds of representation of the Poincaré group is a direct consequence of this one missing average.

  • The arithmetic caveat. Dividing by \(n_{G}\) presupposes that \(n_{G}\neq0\) in the field. Over \(\R\) or \(\C\) — the only fields this chapter admits — that is automatic, but over a field whose characteristic divides the order of the group the trick collapses, and with it complete reducibility. This is the hypothesis of Maschke's theorem, and it is not idle: the modular representation theory that results is a genuinely different subject.

Remark 5.157 (Why these two propositions are cited from the Standard Model).

Taken together, Proposition 5.155 and Proposition 5.153 say that a symmetry acting on a finite-dimensional space may always be taken to act by inner-product-preserving operators, and that the space then splits cleanly into irreducible pieces. The flavour sector of the Standard Model is where a physicist meets the consequence in its bluntest form.

The three known generations of quarks span a three-dimensional complex space — an internal space, indexed by generation, with no relation to the three spatial dimensions of Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries — and there are two natural bases for it: the states of definite mass and the states that couple to the charged weak current. The matrix \(V\) relating the two bases is the Cabibbo–Kobayashi–Maskawa matrix [Cabibbo:1963] [Kobayashi:1973]; the corresponding matrix in the lepton sector, relating neutrino mass states to flavour states, is the Pontecorvo–Maki–Nakagawa–Sakata matrix [Pontecorvo:1958] [Maki:1962]. Both are dimensionless, as any change of basis must be: their entries are pure numbers, and no SI unit attaches to them.

Both bases are orthonormal for the same inner product — which is available precisely because the symmetry can be realized unitarily — so the matrix carrying one to the other is unitary. Unitarity of a matrix is two families of relations, not one — its rows are orthonormal and so are its columns — and they say different physical things, so which is which has to be kept straight. That single word carries the whole experimental programme:

  • unitarity of the quark matrix gives, with \(i,j\) labelling the up-type rows and \(k,l\) the down-type columns, the row relations

    \[ \sum_{k}V_{ik}V_{jk}^{\ast}=\delta_{ij} \]

    and the column relations \(\sum_{i}V_{ik}^{\ast}V_{il}=\delta_{kl}\). In either family the off-diagonal case is a sum of three complex numbers equal to zero, so the three must close into a triangle in the complex plane — six triangles in all, one for each pair of rows and one for each pair of columns. The one that is actually measured, and that the phrase the unitarity triangle refers to, comes from the down and the bottom column. It is customarily written in the conjugated form

    \[ V_{ud}V_{ub}^{\ast}+V_{cd}V_{cb}^{\ast}+V_{td}V_{tb}^{\ast}=0\ec \]

    the complex conjugate of the column relation just displayed with \(k=d\) and \(l=b\), and zero exactly when that one is. Its three sides are of comparable length, which is what makes its angles measurable in \(CP\)-violation experiments (Experiment: CP Violation); a failure to close would be evidence for a fourth generation or for physics outside the model, and is reported as such;

  • unitarity of the leptonic matrix likewise gives two relations, and they are not interchangeable. The row relation

    \[ \sum_{i}\abs{U_{\alpha i}}^{2}=1 \]

    holds the flavour index \(\alpha\) fixed and sums over the mass states \(i\): it says that the state produced together with a charged lepton of flavour \(\alpha\) is a superposition of the three mass states whose probabilities sum to one. The column relation \(\sum_{\alpha}\abs{U_{\alpha i}}^{2}=1\) holds the mass index \(i\) fixed instead, and says the different thing that the mass state \(i\) has unit total flavour content. The statement that a neutrino produced in one flavour is detected in some flavour with total probability one is \(\sum_{\beta}P(\nu_{\alpha}\to\nu_{\beta})=1\), and it consumes both: the column relation collapses the interference between mass states when the sum over the detected flavour \(\beta\) is done, and the row relation is what makes the surviving \(\sum_{i}\abs{U_{\alpha i}}^{2}\) equal to one (Experiment: Neutrino Oscillations). Without unitarity the oscillation formula would not conserve probability.

The physics of both matrices belongs to Flavour Physics and Neutrinos, which at the time of writing carries its headings, its citations and its editorial specification but not yet the derivations. What this chapter contributes is only the licence to write the word “unitary” — but the two propositions above are where that licence comes from, and neither is free: each fails outside its hypotheses, as Remark 5.156 and Remark 5.154 record.

The regular representation

Recall from Equation (4.28) that upon multiplying the \(i\)-th element of a group by an element \(a\) of the group, it takes the place \(a_i\); that is, a permutation occurs. We can write

\begin{align*} ag_i & = g_{a_i}\\ & = g_j\left(\Delta_a\right)^j_{\ i}\ec \end{align*}

where

\begin{equation}\tag{5.188} \left(\Delta_a\right)^j_{\ i}=\left\{\begin{array}{c r} 1, & j=a_i\\ 0, & j\neq a_i \end{array}\right. \end{equation}

from which we see that

\begin{equation} \tag{5.189}\left(\Delta_a\right)^j_{\ i} =\delta^j_{\ a_i}\ep \end{equation}

Consider then elements \(a,b,c\in G\) such that \(c=ab\). In this permutation notation we can write

\begin{align*} abg_i & = ag_{b_i}\\ & = ag_j\left(\Delta_b\right)^j_{\ i}\\ & = g_{a_j}\left(\Delta_b\right)^j_{\ i}\\ & = g_k\left(\Delta_a\right)^k_{\ j}\left(\Delta_b\right)^j_{\ i}\ec \end{align*}

and, in addition,

\begin{align*} cg_i & = g_{c_i}\\ & = g_k\left(\Delta_c\right)^k_{\ i}\ec \end{align*}

and since \(ab=c\) we have

\[ \left(\Delta_a\right)^k_{\ j}\left(\Delta_b\right)^j_{\ i} =\left(\Delta_c\right)^k_{\ i}\ec \]

or, in operator notation,

\[ \Delta_a\Delta_b=\Delta_{c}\ep \]

We have therefore found a homomorphism \(a\stackrel{U}{\longmapsto}U(a)=\Delta_a\), since

\begin{align*} U(a)U(b) & = U(c)\\ & = U(ab)\ep \end{align*}

This homomorphism is called the regular representation of \(G\).

The coefficients of \(\Delta_a\) are determined by the following cases.

  1. If \(a=e\), we have

    \begin{align*} eg_i & = g_{e_i}\\ g_i & = g_{e_i}\ep \end{align*}

    Since the neutral element does not permute the others, \(i=e_i\), so that

    \begin{equation}\tag{5.190} \left(\Delta_e\right)^j_{\ i}=\delta^{j}_{\ i}\ec \end{equation}

    and we can compute the character by setting \(j=i\), obtaining

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.191} \chi^R_e=n_G\ec \end{equation}

    where \(n_G\) is the order of the group.

  2. If \(a\neq e\), we have the usual case, Equation (5.189). But upon setting \(j=i\), since \(a_i\) is a permutation of \(i\), the two indices are always distinct (for \(a\neq e\)); hence \(\delta^i_{\ a_i}=0\), and thus

    \begin{equation} \tag{5.192} \chi^R_a=0\ep \end{equation}

For example, for the group \(C_2\) we have

\[ \Delta_e=\left(\begin{array}{c c} 1 & 0\\ 0 & 1 \end{array}\right) \]

and

\begin{align*} \Delta_a & = \left(\begin{array}{c c} \delta^1_{\ a_1} & \delta^1_{\ a_2}\\ \delta^2_{\ a_1} & \delta^2_{\ a_2} \end{array}\right)\\ & = \left(\begin{array}{c c} 0 & 1\\ 1 & 0 \end{array}\right)\ep \end{align*}

Direct-sum and direct-product representations

Direct-sum representation

Consider the irreducible representations \(U^{\mu}:G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V}^{\mu})}\), \(\mu\in\N\). Their invariant subspaces are the \(\mathbb{V}^{\mu}\) themselves, since they are irreducible. Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be the direct sum of these spaces, that is,

\[ \mathbb{V}=\bigoplus_{\mu}\mathbb{V}^{\mu}\ec \]

and consider further a reducible representation \(U\) for which \(\mathbb{V}\) is an invariant subspace, and which coincides with \(U^{\mu}(a)\) on \(\mathbb{V}^{\mu}\).

We have seen that the representation of a finite group is equivalent to a unitary representation (Proposition 5.155), and that if a representation is unitary and reducible then it is completely reducible (Proposition 5.153).

In this context we can decompose the representation \(U\) into the irreducible representations \(U^{\mu}\). In this procedure, equivalent representations may appear \(a_{\mu}\) times each. That is,

\[ U(a)=\underbrace{U^1(a)+\ldots+U^1(a)}_{a_1\text{ times}}+\ldots +\underbrace{U^{\mu}(a)+\ldots+U^{\mu}(a)}_{a_{\mu}\text{ times}} +\ldots \]

or, in compact form,

\begin{equation} \tag{5.193}U(a)=\sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}U^{\mu}(a)\ep \end{equation}

\(U(a)\) is called the direct-sum representation of the irreducible representations \(U^{\mu}(a)\).

Direct-product representation

Consider the representations defined by \(U^{\mu}:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V}^{\mu})\), \(\mu\in\N\). We define the direct-product representation as

\begin{equation} \tag{5.194}\left[U^{\mu\times\nu}(a)\right] =\left[U^{\mu}(a)\right]\otimes\left[U^{\nu}(a)\right]\ep \end{equation}

Let us compute the character of the direct-product representation. We have

\begin{align*} \chi^{\mu\times\nu}(a) & = \tr{\left[U^{\mu\times\nu}(a)\right]}\\ & = \left[U^{\mu\times\nu}(a)\right]^k_{\ k}\\ & = \left[U^{\mu}(a)\right]^i_{\ i}\left[U^{\nu}(a)\right]^j_{\ j} && \text{by Equation (5.133)}\\ & = \chi^{\mu}(a)\,\chi^{\nu}(a)\ep \end{align*}

Thus

\begin{equation}\tag{5.195} \chi^{\mu\times\nu}=\chi^{\mu}\chi^{\nu}\ep \end{equation}

Properties of irreducible representations

Fundamental theorems of representations

Theorem 5.158 (Schur's first lemma).

Let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space over \(\C\) with \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\), let \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V})}\) be an irreducible representation (Definition 5.148), and let \(A:\mathbb{V}\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) be a linear operator commuting with every operator of the representation, \(\comm{U(a)}{A}=0\) for every \(a\in G\). Then \(A\) is proportional to the identity operator:

\begin{equation}\tag{5.196} A=\lambda\identity\ec\qquad \lambda\in\C\ep \end{equation}

Rests on Definitions 5.37, 5.147 and 5.148.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.158. Both hypotheses on \(\mathbb{V}\) are used at once, and only once: because \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}\) is finite and non-zero, \(A\) has, in any basis, a characteristic polynomial \(\det\left(\left[A\right]-\lambda\identity\right)\) of degree \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}\geq1\), and because \(\C\) is algebraically closed that polynomial has a root \(\lambda\). For that \(\lambda\) the operator \(A-\lambda\identity\) is not invertible, so its kernel

\[ \mathbb{E}=\ker\left(A-\lambda\identity\right) =\set{v\in\mathbb{V}\mid Av=\lambda v} \]

is a subspace different from the null space: an eigenvector exists, which is precisely what a real or an infinite-dimensional space would not guarantee.

\(\mathbb{E}\) is invariant under the representation. Indeed, for \(v\in\mathbb{E}\) and any \(a\in G\),

\begin{align*} \left(A-\lambda\identity\right)U(a)v & = U(a)\left(A-\lambda\identity\right)v && \text{by }\comm{U(a)}{A}=0\\ & = U(a)\,0_{\mathbb{V}}\\ & = 0_{\mathbb{V}}\ec \end{align*}

so \(U(a)v\in\mathbb{E}\).

Irreducibility (Definition 5.148) leaves an invariant subspace only the two trivial possibilities, and \(\mathbb{E}\) is not the null space; hence \(\mathbb{E}=\mathbb{V}\). That is \(Av=\lambda v\) for every \(v\in\mathbb{V}\), which is Equation (5.196). Note that nothing was assumed about \(A\) beyond linearity — in particular it was not assumed diagonalizable, and no eigenbasis was used, only one eigenvalue.

Remark 5.159 (The hypotheses are not decoration).

Drop the algebraic closure of the field and the conclusion is false, not merely unproved. Take \(G=\SO(2)\) acting on \(\mathbb{V}=\R^{2}\) by rotations. That representation is irreducible over \(\R\), since a rotation by an angle that is not a multiple of \(\pi\) leaves no line fixed; yet the group is abelian, so every \(U(\theta_{0})\) commutes with every \(U(\theta)\) and is an intertwining operator, and no rotation other than \(U(0)=\identity\) and \(U(\pi)=-\identity\) is a multiple of the identity. The same failure in its algebra form, with the same matrix, is recorded in Remark 5.165. The moral is worth stating plainly because it is easy to violate at a distance: a chapter that invokes this lemma about a real representation — and the representations that physics writes down are frequently real — is invoking a statement that does not hold. The finite dimension is equally load-bearing: on an infinite-dimensional space an operator need have no eigenvalue at all, which is why the unitary representation theory of non-compact groups (Remark 5.156) is a different subject rather than a longer version of this one.

Theorem 5.160 (Schur's second lemma).

Consider the irreducible representations \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V})}\) and \(U':G\longrightarrow\GL{(\mathbb{V}')}\), and an operator \(A:\mathbb{V}'\longrightarrow\mathbb{V}\) such that \(AU'(a)=U(a)A\) for all \(a\), with \(A\neq0\). Then \(\mathbb{V}\) and \(\mathbb{V}'\) are isomorphic and, moreover, \(U\) and \(U'\) are equivalent. Rests on Definitions 5.53, 5.145, 5.147 and 5.148.

Proof.

Derives Theorem 5.160. We proceed in two steps.

  • First note that the image and the kernel of the operator \(A\) are the subspaces

    \begin{align*} \im(A) & = \left\{\ket{v}\in\mathbb{V}\mid\ket{v}=A\ket{v'}\right\} \leq\mathbb{V}\ec\\ \ker(A) & = \left\{\ket{v'}\in\mathbb{V'}\mid A\ket{v'}=\ket{0},\ 0\in\mathbb{V}\right\}\leq\mathbb{V}'\ep \end{align*}

    The image of \(A\) is an invariant subspace with respect to \(U\), since

    \begin{align*} U(a)\ket{v} & = U(a)A\ket{v'}\\ & = AU'(a)\ket{v'}\ec \end{align*}

    and since \(U'(a)\ket{v'}\in\mathbb{V}'\), we have \(AU'(a)\ket{v'}\in\im(A)\), and hence \(U(a)\ket{v}\in\im(A)\). As \(U\) is irreducible, \(\im(A)\) is a trivial invariant subspace: the image of \(A\) would be the null space if and only if \(A=0\); otherwise one may have \(\im(A)=\mathbb{V}\).

    On the other hand, the kernel of \(A\) is an invariant subspace with respect to \(U'\). This is because

    \begin{align*} AU'(a)\ket{v'} & = U(a)A\ket{v'}\\ & = 0 \in\mathbb{V}\ec \end{align*}

    so \(U'(a)\ket{v'}\in\ker(A)\). Since we are assuming that \(U'\) is irreducible, the kernel of \(A\) is a trivial invariant subspace: again, the kernel of \(A\) would be the whole space \(\mathbb{V}'\) if and only if \(A=0\); otherwise the kernel of \(A\) is the null space.

    From these observations we may summarize: either \(A=0\), or the kernel of \(A\) is the null space and the image of \(A\) is the whole codomain, which tells us that \(A\) is a bijection establishing an isomorphism between the vector spaces \(\mathbb{V}'\) and \(\mathbb{V}\).

  • Moreover, since \(A\) is bijective its inverse exists. Therefore, operating on the right with \(A^{-1}\),

    \begin{align*} AU'(a) & = U(a)A\\ AU'(a)A^{-1} & = U(a)\ec \end{align*}

    so \(U(a)\) and \(U'(a)\) are equivalent.

Proposition 5.161 (Irreducible representations of an abelian group).

The irreducible representations of an abelian group on a finite-dimensional complex vector space are one-dimensional. The hypotheses are inherited from Theorem 5.158 and cannot be dropped: over \(\R\) the rotations \(\SO(2)\) form an abelian group with a two-dimensional irreducible representation, as Remark 5.159 records. Rests on Theorem 5.158 and Definition 5.148.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.161. Consider an irreducible representation \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) of an abelian group \(G\), with \(\mathbb{V}\) complex and \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\). Let \(a,b\in G\). Applying \(U\) to \(ab=ba\),

\begin{align*} U(ab) & = U(ba)\\ U(a)U(b) & = U(b)U(a)\ep \end{align*}

By Schur's first lemma (Theorem 5.158), applied to the operator \(U(a)\), which commutes with every \(U(b)\),

\[ U(a)=\lambda_a\identity\ec \]

so that

\[ U(a)\ket{v}=\lambda_a\identity\ket{v} \]

and thus

\[ U(a)\ket{v}=\lambda_a\ket{v},\quad\forall\,\ket{v}\in\mathbb{V}\ep \]

This does not mean that all the vectors of \(\mathbb{V}\) are eigenvectors, but rather that the irreducible representations of an abelian group are one-dimensional.

Orthonormality relations

Orthonormality of irreducible inequivalent representations

Consider an irreducible representation \(U:G\longrightarrow\GL(\mathbb{V})\) of a finite group \(G=\set{g_i}_{i=1}^{n_G}\) and an arbitrary operator \(X\). Define

\[ A(X)=\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(g_i)XU(g_i^{-1})\ep \]

Let us compute the following:

\begin{align*} U(a)A & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(a)U(g_i)XU(g_i^{-1})\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(a)U(g_i)XU(g_i^{-1}) \left(U(a^{-1})U(a)\right)\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(ag_i)XU(g_i^{-1}a^{-1})U(a)\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(ag_i)XU((ag_i)^{-1})U(a)\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(g_{a_i})XU(g_{a_i}^{-1})U(a) && \text{by Equation (4.28)}\ep \end{align*}

Since it makes no difference whether we sum over \(i\) or over \(a_i\) — it is a permutation — we may relabel the indices, so that

\[ U(a)A=\underbrace{\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U(g_{i})XU(g_{i}^{-1})}_{A}\,U(a)\ec \]

whence \(\comm{U(a)}{A}=0\).

On this basis we may use Schur's first lemma (as we are assuming \(U\) irreducible), which tells us that

\begin{equation} \tag{5.197} A(X)=\lambda(X)\,\identity\ep \end{equation}

Since \(X\) is arbitrary, we may choose it as follows:

\[ X=\left(\begin{array}{c c c c c c} & & l &&& \\ 0 & \ldots & 0 & \ldots & 0 &\\ \vdots & \ddots & \vdots & & &\\ 0 & \ldots & 1 & \ldots & 0 & m \\ \vdots & & \vdots & \ddots & &\\ 0 & & 0 & & 0& \end{array}\right)\ec \]

that is, such that only \(X^l_{\ m}=1\), all other entries being zero. Identify the coefficients \(\lambda(X)\) as \(\lambda(X)=\lambda^m_{\ l}\). With this, writing the definition of \(A\) in index notation and using the result Equation (5.197),

\begin{align} \lambda^m_{\ l}\delta^j_{\ k} & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l}X^l_{\ m} \left(D(g_i^{-1})\right)^{m}_{\ k}\nonumber\\ \tag{5.198} & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(D(g_i^{-1})\right)^{m}_{\ k}\ep \end{align}

Evaluating at \(k=j\) and summing,

\begin{align*} \lambda^m_{\ l}\,\delta^j_{\ j} & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(D(g_i^{-1})\right)^{m}_{\ j}\\ \lambda^m_{\ l}\,n_U & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(g_i^{-1})D(g_i)\right)^m_{\ l}\\ & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(e)\right)^m_{\ l}\ec \end{align*}

where \(n_U\) is the dimension of the representation \(U\) (equal, by its definition, to the order of the operator \(A\)). Since \(D\) is a homomorphism, from Equation (4.24) we see that \(U(e)=\id_{\GL(\mathbb{V})}\), that is, \(D(e)=\identity\). Thus

\begin{align*} \lambda^m_{\ l}\,n_U & = \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\delta^m_{\ l}\\ & = n_G\,\delta^m_{\ l}\ec \end{align*}

so the coefficients \(\lambda^m_{\ l}\) are given by

\begin{equation} \tag{5.199}\lambda^m_{\ l}=\frac{n_G}{n_U}\,\delta^m_{\ l}\ep \end{equation}

Substituting Equation (5.199) into Equation (5.198) we obtain

\begin{equation} \tag{5.200}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(D(g_i^{-1})\right)^{m}_{\ k} =\frac{n_G}{n_U}\,\delta^m_{\ l}\,\delta^j_{\ k}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.198) and (5.199) (substitute the coefficients fixed by the trace back into the intertwining identity).

Now, had we constructed \(A\) distinguishing the irreducible representations,

\[ A(X)=\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}U^{\mu}(g_i)XU_{\nu}(g_i^{-1})\ec \]

then, by a procedure analogous to the preceding one, we would arrive at

\[ U^{\mu}(a)A=AU_{\nu}(a)\ec \]

and we must therefore place ourselves in the following cases:

  1. if \(\mu=\nu\) we recover the preceding case;

  2. if \(\mu\neq\nu\) we may use Schur's second lemma (Theorem 5.160): then either the representations \(U^{\mu}(a)\) and \(U_{\nu}(a)\) are equivalent, or \(A=0\) and the representations are inequivalent.

Consider, then, inequivalent representations (irreducible by hypothesis). We can synthesize the above in Equation (5.200) as

\begin{equation} \tag{5.201}\frac{n_{\mu}}{n_G} \sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D^{\mu}(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(D_{\nu}(g_i^{-1})\right)^{m}_{\ k} =\delta^m_{\ l}\,\delta^j_{\ k}\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ec \end{equation}

where \(\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\) appears in order to annihilate \(A\) in the case \(\mu\neq\nu\) (the representations being taken inequivalent), and where in the case \(\mu=\nu\) one has \(n_{U^{\mu}}=n_{U^{\nu}}\), so we make the replacement \(n_U\longrightarrow n_{\mu}\).

We must note that the indices \(\mu\) and \(\nu\) only label the Kronecker delta, so \(\mu=\nu\) does not indicate summation.

Equation (5.201) expresses the orthonormality of the irreducible, inequivalent representations a group may have.

Orthonormality of characters of irreducible unitary representations

As we have seen, the character of a representation actually identifies a whole class of equivalent representations, so in this context we need not insist on inequivalent representations.

Characters describe the intrinsic structure of a representation better, because they are basis-independent; not so the representations themselves, since the components of \(D(a)\) depend on the chosen basis.

Consider then the irreducible representations \(U^{\mu}\). Since the matrix representation of a representation is also a homomorphism, from Equation (4.25) and Equation (5.201) we have

\[ \frac{n_{\mu}}{n_G}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D^{\mu}(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(\left(D_{\nu}(g_i)\right)^{-1}\right)^{m}_{\ k} =\delta^m_{\ l}\,\delta^j_{\ k}\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ep \]

If we further take the representations to be unitary,

\[ \frac{n_{\mu}}{n_G}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\left(D^{\mu}(g_i)\right)^j_{\ l} \left(\left(D_{\nu}(g_i)\right)^{\dagger}\right)^{m}_{\ k} =\delta^m_{\ l}\,\delta^j_{\ k}\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ep \]

Evaluating at \(l=j\) and \(m=k\) and summing over both,

\begin{align*} \frac{n_{\mu}}{n_G}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G} \left(D^{\mu}(g_i)\right)^j_{\ j} \left(\left(D_{\nu}(g_i)\right)^{\dagger}\right)^{k}_{\ k} & = \delta^k_{\ j}\,\delta^j_{\ k}\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\\ \frac{n_{\mu}}{n_G}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\chi^{\mu}(g_i)\chi^{\ast}_{\nu}(g_i) & = n_{\mu}\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ec \end{align*}

and the factor \(n_{\mu}\) cancels on both sides (\(\delta^k_{\ j}\delta^j_{\ k}=\delta^j_{\ j}=n_{\mu}\)), leaving

\[ \frac{1}{n_G}\sum_{i=1}^{n_G}\chi^{\mu}(g_i)\chi^{\ast}_{\nu}(g_i) = \delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ep \]

Grouping into \(n_C\) conjugacy classes and denoting by \(n_s\) the number of elements of the \(s\)-th class, we convert the sum over each element of the group into a sum over each class. Thus

\begin{equation} \tag{5.202}\frac{1}{n_G}\sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\, \chi^{\mu}_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}=\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu}\ec \end{equation}

where \(\chi^{\mu}_s\) denotes the character of the \(\mu\)-th irreducible representation on the \(s\)-th class.

Decomposition into irreducible representations

Coefficients of the direct-sum representation

By means of the orthonormality relations we can compute the coefficients of the direct-sum representation appearing in Equation (5.193).

Evaluating the trace on the \(s\)-th class of the group,

\begin{equation} \tag{5.203}\chi_s=\sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\chi^{\mu}_s\ep \end{equation}

Multiplying the equation by \(n_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}\) and summing over \(s\) for all the classes,

\begin{align*} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\,\chi_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu} & = \sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\, \chi^{\mu}_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}\\ & = \sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\,n_G\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu} && \text{by Equation (5.202)}\\ & = n_G\,a_{\nu}\ec \end{align*}

so that

\begin{equation} \tag{5.204} a_{\mu}=\frac{1}{n_G} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\,\chi_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\mu}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.202) and (5.203) (weight the class decomposition of the character by \(n_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}\) and sum over the classes).

Completeness relation

We can compute the number of times an irreducible representation appears in the regular representation. From Equation (5.204),

\[ a^R_{\mu}=\frac{1}{n_G}\sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\,\chi^R_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\mu}\ec \]

but from Equation (5.191) and Equation (5.192) we see that the only contribution comes from the class of the neutral element. That is,

\begin{align*} a^R_{\mu} & = \frac{1}{n_G}\,n_e\,\chi^R_e\,\chi^{\ast}_{e\mu}\\ & = n_e\,\chi^{\ast}_{e\mu} && \text{by Equation (5.191)}\ec \end{align*}

and we know, moreover, that the class of the neutral element contains only the neutral element, that is, \(n_e=1\). On the other hand,

\[ \chi^{\ast}_{e\mu}=\tr\left(\left(D^{\mu}(e)\right)^{\dagger}\right)\ec \]

but since the matrix representation of a representation is also a homomorphism, \(D^{\mu}(e)=\identity\), so

\begin{equation} \tag{5.205} \chi_{e\mu}=n_{\mu}, \quad\chi^{\ast}_{e\mu}=n_{\mu}\ec \end{equation}

and there results

\begin{equation} \tag{5.206} a^R_{\mu}=n_{\mu}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.191), (5.192), (5.204) and (5.205) (only the class of the neutral element contributes to the multiplicity).

Now, writing the regular representation as a direct sum of irreducible representations, we have — in particular for the neutral element of \(G\) —

\begin{align*} \Delta_e & = \sum_{\mu}a^R_{\mu}U^{\mu}(e)\\ \implies\chi^R_e & = \sum_{\mu}a^R_{\mu}\chi_{e\mu}\\ & = \sum_{\mu}n^2_{\mu} && \text{by Equations (5.205) and (5.206)}\ep \end{align*}

Hence, from Equation (5.191) we arrive at

\begin{equation} \tag{5.207} n_G=\sum_{\mu}n^2_{\mu}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.191), (5.205) and (5.206) (evaluate the direct-sum decomposition of the regular representation at the neutral element). Equation (5.207) is a completeness relation for the irreducible representations.

Irreducibility criterion

To evaluate whether a given representation is irreducible, we can find a condition that the character of a representation must satisfy with respect to the equivalence classes of the group.

From Equation (5.203) we have, taking the complex conjugate,

\begin{align*} \chi_s & = \sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\chi^{\mu}_s\ec\\ \chi^{\ast}_s & = \sum_{\nu}a_{\nu}\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}\ep \end{align*}

Multiplying the two equations member by member, weighting by \(n_s\), and summing over \(s\) for all the equivalence classes,

\begin{align*} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\,\chi_s\chi^{\ast}_s & = \sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\sum_{\nu}a_{\nu} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\,\chi^{\mu}_s\chi^{\ast}_{s\nu}\\ \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\left|\chi_s\right|^2 & = \sum_{\mu}a_{\mu}\sum_{\nu}a_{\nu}\,n_G\,\delta^{\mu}_{\ \nu} && \text{by Equation (5.202)}\\ & = n_G\sum_{\mu}a^2_{\mu}\ec \end{align*}

so that

\begin{equation}\tag{5.208} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\left|\chi_s\right|^2=n_G\sum_{\mu}a^2_{\mu}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.202) and (5.203) (multiply the class decomposition by its conjugate and sum over the classes).

Now, if we take \(U(a)\) to be an irreducible representation, then its direct-sum decomposition (see Equation (5.193)) holds with \(a_{\mu}=1\) for a single \(\mu\), the others being 0. Thus

\begin{equation}\tag{5.209} \sum_{s=1}^{n_C}n_s\left|\chi_s\right|^2=n_G \end{equation}

is the condition that an irreducible representation must verify.

Clebsch–Gordan coefficients

The direct-product representation Equation (5.194) is in general reducible even when both factors are irreducible: the product of two characters is not a character of an irreducible representation. The apparatus of this section decomposes it. From Equation (5.195) the character of \(U^{\mu\times\nu}\) on the \(s\)-th class is \(\chi^{\mu}_{s}\chi^{\nu}_{s}\), so Equation (5.204) gives the multiplicity with which the irreducible representation \(U^{\lambda}\) occurs in it:

\begin{equation}\tag{5.210} a^{\lambda}_{\mu\nu}=\frac{1}{n_{G}}\sum_{s=1}^{n_{C}}n_{s}\, \chi^{\mu}_{s}\chi^{\nu}_{s}\chi^{\ast}_{s\lambda}\ep \end{equation}

From Equations (5.195) and (5.204) (the character of the product representation is the product of the characters, read into the multiplicity formula). These non-negative integers are the Clebsch–Gordan series of the group; they answer the question “which irreducible representations appear, and how often”. Equation (5.184) then reads, for the product space,

\begin{equation}\tag{5.211} \mathbb{V}^{\mu}\otimes\mathbb{V}^{\nu} =\bigoplus_{\lambda}\bigoplus_{\alpha=1}^{a^{\lambda}_{\mu\nu}} \mathbb{V}^{\lambda,\alpha}\ec \end{equation}

the second index \(\alpha\) distinguishing the \(a^{\lambda}_{\mu\nu}\) copies of one and the same \(\mathbb{V}^{\lambda}\).

What Equation (5.211) does not give is the vectors. There are now two natural bases of the same space:

The Clebsch–Gordan coefficients are the entries of the change of basis between them:

\begin{equation}\tag{5.212} \ket{\lambda\alpha;k}=\sum_{i,j} \braket{\mu i;\nu j}{\lambda\alpha k}\, \ket{\mu i}\otimes\ket{\nu j}\ep \end{equation}

They are pure numbers, carrying no SI unit whatever — a change of basis cannot — however they are used in physics.

Two properties follow from the general theory and require no further computation. First, if the representations are unitary (Proposition 5.155 makes this no restriction for a finite group) and both bases are orthonormal, then the matrix of coefficients is unitary, being the matrix of an operator carrying one orthonormal basis to another — the argument used in Step 3 of Proposition 5.155. Its unitarity is precisely the pair of relations

\begin{align} \sum_{i,j}\braket{\mu i;\nu j}{\lambda\alpha k}^{\ast} \braket{\mu i;\nu j}{\lambda'\alpha'k'} & = \delta^{\lambda}_{\ \lambda'}\delta_{\alpha\alpha'} \delta_{kk'}\ec\tag{5.213}\\ \sum_{\lambda,\alpha,k}\braket{\mu i;\nu j}{\lambda\alpha k} \braket{\mu i';\nu j'}{\lambda\alpha k}^{\ast} & = \delta_{ii'}\delta_{jj'}\ec\tag{5.214} \end{align}

orthonormality of the coupled basis and completeness of the product one. Second, the coefficients are not determined by the group alone. Equation (5.211) fixes the subspaces only up to an arbitrary unitary mixing within each multiplicity label \(\alpha\) and an overall phase on each irreducible block — the freedom left by Schur's first lemma (Theorem 5.158), which pins an intertwining operator down only to a multiple of the identity. Tables of Clebsch–Gordan coefficients therefore always come attached to a phase convention; the one universally used in physics is that of Condon and Shortley [Condon:1935].

For the groups this treatise actually computes with, the coefficients are tabulated and closed forms exist in the literature: for \(\SU(2)\), whose Clebsch–Gordan series is the rule for adding angular momenta, Racah's closed expression [Racah:1942] and the recoupling coefficients that follow it [Racah:1943]. Where that development sits in this book has to be stated carefully, because the two halves of it are in different states. Which irreducible representations occur, and with what multiplicity, is proved for \(\SU(2)\) in Theorem 14.47, where the group is continuous and its irreducible representations have been classified. The coefficients themselves, and with them the physics — the addition of angular momenta and the Wigner–Eckart theorem — belong to Section 79.4.2, which at the time of writing carries its heading and its editorial specification but not the construction; that chapter reserves it explicitly, and nothing in the present chapter depends on it. What is established here is only what holds for any finite group: the multiplicities Equation (5.210) are computable from characters alone, and the coefficients Equation (5.212) exist and form a unitary matrix. The systematic use of both in physics goes back to Wigner [Wigner:1931].

Representations of algebras

Everything so far has represented a group: a set closed under a product, with inverses. An algebra is a different object — a vector space with a bracket — and representing it means something correspondingly different. The distinction is not pedantry: it is the reason angular momenta add while rotations multiply, and getting it backwards produces expressions that are not representations of anything.

Basic properties of the representations

Definition 5.162 (Representation of an algebra).

Let \(A\) be an algebra over \(\mathbb{K}\) with bracket \(\comm{\ }{\ }\) (Definition 5.121) and let \(\mathbb{V}\) be a vector space over \(\mathbb{K}\). A representation of \(A\) on \(\mathbb{V}\) is a linear map

\[ \rho:A\longrightarrow\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V}) \]

that carries the bracket of \(A\) into the corresponding bracket of \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\):

\begin{equation}\tag{5.215} \rho\left(\comm{X}{Y}\right) =\comm{\rho(X)}{\rho(Y)}=\rho(X)\rho(Y)-\rho(Y)\rho(X)\ec \qquad\forall\,X,Y\in A\ec \end{equation}

the commutator being the bracket \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\) carries by Proposition 5.125. (For an associative algebra, whose product is written as a juxtaposition rather than a bracket, the requirement is instead \(\rho(XY)=\rho(X)\rho(Y)\); the Lie case Equation (5.215) is the one this treatise uses, and the two agree once an associative algebra is given its commutator bracket.) The dimension of \(\rho\) is \(\dim{\mathbb{V}}\). Rests on Definition 5.121 and Proposition 5.125.

How this differs from a group representation

The two definitions look similar and behave differently, in ways worth listing because each has a physical consequence.

  1. A representation of an algebra is linear in its argument; a representation of a group is multiplicative. It makes sense to write \(\rho(\alpha X+\beta Y)=\alpha\rho(X)+\beta\rho(Y)\), and it makes no sense at all to add two group elements. This is the formal expression of the fact that an algebra element is an infinitesimal generator and a group element a finite transformation.

  2. The image lies in \(\mathcal{L}(\mathbb{V})\), not in \(\GL(\mathbb{V})\). Linearity forces \(\rho(0_{A})=\Theta\), the null operator of Equation (5.75), which is not invertible. More generally \(\rho(X)\) may be singular for \(X\neq0_{A}\). A group representation, by contrast, takes values in the invertible operators only, since \(U(a)U(a^{-1})=U(e)=\id\).

  3. The bracket, not the product, is preserved. A group representation preserves a product, Equation (5.180); an algebra representation preserves a commutator, Equation (5.215). This is what makes the structure constants the invariant content of an algebra representation, as Proposition 5.125 already showed for the defining one.

Everything the two notions do share is the vocabulary built on the underlying vector space, and it transfers unchanged.

Definition 5.163 (Faithful, equivalent, invariant).

A representation \(\rho\) of \(A\) on \(\mathbb{V}\) is faithful if \(\rho\) is injective. Two representations \(\rho,\rho'\) on the same space are equivalent if there is \(S\in\GL(\mathbb{V})\) with \(\rho'(X)=S\rho(X)S^{-1}\) for every \(X\in A\). A subspace \(\mathbb{S}\leq\mathbb{V}\) is invariant if \(\rho(X)\mathbb{S}\subset\mathbb{S}\) for every \(X\in A\), and \(\rho\) is irreducible if the only invariant subspaces are the trivial ones. Rests on Definitions 5.7 and 5.162.

Proposition 5.164 (The kernel is an ideal).

Let \(\rho\) be a representation of the algebra \(A\). Then

\[ \ker\rho=\set{X\in A\mid\rho(X)=\Theta} \]

is an ideal of \(A\) in the sense of Definition 5.124. Consequently, if \(A\) is simple — its only ideals being \(\set{0_{A}}\) and \(A\) — then every representation of \(A\) is either faithful or identically zero. Rests on Definition 5.162, Definition 5.163, Definition 5.124 and Equation (5.215).

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.164. \(\ker\rho\) is a subspace because \(\rho\) is linear. Let \(X\in\ker\rho\) and \(Y\in A\). Then, by Equation (5.215),

\begin{align*} \rho\left(\comm{X}{Y}\right) & = \comm{\rho(X)}{\rho(Y)}\\ & = \comm{\Theta}{\rho(Y)}\\ & = \Theta\rho(Y)-\rho(Y)\Theta\\ & = \Theta\ec \end{align*}

so \(\comm{X}{Y}\in\ker\rho\); taking linear combinations, \(\comm{\ker\rho}{A}\subset\ker\rho\), which is Definition 5.124. If \(A\) is simple the ideal \(\ker\rho\) is either \(\set{0_{A}}\), and \(\rho\) is injective, that is, faithful, or the whole of \(A\), and \(\rho\) sends everything to \(\Theta\).

This is the algebra counterpart of Definition 5.143 and it is sharper: for a group, the analogous statement is that the kernel of a representation is a normal subgroup, and a simple group likewise admits only faithful or trivial representations. Both are the reason the simple Lie algebras are classified before their representations are: the classification of the algebras is what makes the representation theory finite work.

The induced module structure

A representation is the same thing as an action, and writing it that way makes several statements shorter. Given \(\rho\), define

\begin{equation}\tag{5.216} X\cdot v=\rho(X)v\ec\qquad X\in A,\ v\in\mathbb{V}\ep \end{equation}

Then \(\mathbb{V}\) becomes an \(A\)-module: the action is bilinear — linear in \(v\) because \(\rho(X)\) is an LT, linear in \(X\) because \(\rho\) is linear — and it is compatible with the bracket in the sense that

\[ \comm{X}{Y}\cdot v=X\cdot\left(Y\cdot v\right) -Y\cdot\left(X\cdot v\right)\ec \]

which is Equation (5.215) read on a vector. In this language an invariant subspace is a submodule, an irreducible representation is a simple module, and the equivalence of Definition 5.163 is an isomorphism of modules. Nothing is added by the change of words except economy; it is used here only to say that the two Schur lemmas transfer.

Remark 5.165 (Schur's lemmas hold verbatim).

The proofs of Theorems 5.158 and 5.160 use exactly three things: that the operators of the representation are linear, that the intertwining operator commutes with all of them, and that the invariant subspaces of an irreducible representation are trivial. None of the three mentions the group product, so both proofs apply word for word to a representation of an algebra — with one caveat that must be stated, since it is the only place the group was doing work: the proof of Theorem 5.160 concluded that \(A\) is a bijection from \(\im(A)=\mathbb{V}\) and \(\ker(A)=\set{0}\), which remains valid, whereas Theorem 5.158 carries the hypotheses \(\mathbb{K}=\C\) and \(0<\dim{\mathbb{V}}<\infty\) — needed for the eigenvalue its proof starts from to exist at all — and they must be carried over with it. Over \(\R\) the conclusion genuinely fails: the algebra \(\mathfrak{so}(2)\) acting on \(\R^{2}\) by

\[ \rho(X)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & -1\\ 1 & 0\end{pmatrix} \]

is irreducible — a rotation generator leaves no real line fixed — yet \(\rho(X)\) commutes with itself and is not a multiple of the identity.

Direct sums and tensor products

Let \(\rho_{1}\) and \(\rho_{2}\) be representations of the same algebra \(A\) on \(\mathbb{V}_{1}\) and \(\mathbb{V}_{2}\).

Direct sum. On \(\mathbb{V}_{1}\oplus\mathbb{V}_{2}\) define

\begin{equation}\tag{5.217} \left(\rho_{1}\oplus\rho_{2}\right)(X) =\begin{pmatrix}\rho_{1}(X) & 0\\ 0 & \rho_{2}(X)\end{pmatrix}\ep \end{equation}

It is a representation: linearity in \(X\) is block by block, and the commutator of two block-diagonal matrices is block-diagonal with the blockwise commutators, so Equation (5.215) holds in each block. Traces add, \(\tr\left(\rho_{1}\oplus\rho_{2}\right)(X) =\tr\rho_{1}(X)+\tr\rho_{2}(X)\), exactly as characters did in Equation (5.193). This much is identical to the group case.

Tensor product. Here the two theories part company, and the difference is the single most consequential fact in this section. For groups the product representation is the product of the matrices, Equation (5.194). For algebras that rule is wrong: the map \(X\mapsto\rho_{1}(X)\otimes\rho_{2}(X)\) is not even linear in \(X\). The correct construction is

\begin{equation}\tag{5.218} \left(\rho_{1}\otimes\rho_{2}\right)(X) =\rho_{1}(X)\otimes\identity+\identity\otimes\rho_{2}(X)\ep \end{equation}

Derivation. Derives Equation (5.218). Linearity in \(X\) is manifest, both terms being linear. For Equation (5.215), write \(\sigma(X)\) for the right-hand side of Equation (5.218) and use that operators acting on different factors commute, \(\comm{P\otimes\identity}{\identity\otimes Q}=0\), together with \((P\otimes\identity)(P'\otimes\identity)=PP'\otimes\identity\):

\begin{align*} \comm{\sigma(X)}{\sigma(Y)} & = \comm{\rho_{1}(X)\otimes\identity}{\rho_{1}(Y)\otimes\identity} +\comm{\identity\otimes\rho_{2}(X)}{\identity\otimes\rho_{2}(Y)}\\ & = \comm{\rho_{1}(X)}{\rho_{1}(Y)}\otimes\identity +\identity\otimes\comm{\rho_{2}(X)}{\rho_{2}(Y)}\\ & = \rho_{1}\left(\comm{X}{Y}\right)\otimes\identity +\identity\otimes\rho_{2}\left(\comm{X}{Y}\right) && \text{by Equation (5.215)}\\ & = \sigma\left(\comm{X}{Y}\right)\ec \end{align*}

the two cross terms of the first line having cancelled in pairs.

Remark 5.166 (Why generators add and group elements multiply).

Equation (5.218) is not an arbitrary convention: it is forced by Equation (5.194) for the corresponding group. If a one-parameter family of group elements is written \(U(t)=\exp\left(t\rho(X)\right)\), then the product representation satisfies

\[ U_{1}(t)\otimes U_{2}(t) =\left(\ee^{t\rho_{1}(X)}\right)\otimes \left(\ee^{t\rho_{2}(X)}\right) =\exp{\left[t\left(\rho_{1}(X)\otimes\identity +\identity\otimes\rho_{2}(X)\right)\right]}\ec \]

the last step being legitimate because the two exponents commute. Differentiating at \(t=0\) recovers Equation (5.218): the multiplicative law of the group becomes an additive law for the generators. This is the algebraic content of the statement that angular momenta, and every other additive quantum number, add when systems are combined — the total generator of a composite system is the sum of the generators of its parts, each acting on its own factor. The exponential map that makes the step precise belongs to Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Fibre Bundles.

The adjoint representation

Every algebra represents itself, on its own underlying vector space, and the matrices of that representation are its structure constants. This is the content of the source's marginal note at this heading.

Proposition 5.167 (Adjoint representation).

Let \(L\) be a Lie algebra (Definition 5.127) and define, for each \(X\in L\), the map

\begin{equation}\tag{5.219} \begin{array}{cccc} \ad_{X}: & L & \longrightarrow & L\\ & Y & \longmapsto & \ad_{X}Y=\comm{X}{Y}\ep \end{array} \end{equation}

Then \(X\longmapsto\ad_{X}\) is a representation of \(L\) on \(L\) itself, of dimension \(\dim{L}\), and in a basis \(\set{e_{i}}\) its matrices are

\begin{equation}\tag{5.220} \left(\ad_{e_{i}}\right)^{k}_{\ j}=C^{k}_{\ ij}\ep \end{equation}

Its kernel is the centre of \(L\), the set of elements commuting with everything. Rests on Definition 5.127, Definition 5.162, Equation (5.150) and Proposition 5.45.

Proof.

Derives Proposition 5.167. Each \(\ad_{X}\) is a linear transformation of \(L\) by right distributivity Equation (5.146) and the scalar rule Equation (5.147), so \(\ad_{X}\in\mathcal{L}(L)\); and \(X\longmapsto\ad_{X}\) is itself linear by left distributivity Equation (5.145). What must be verified is Equation (5.215), namely \(\ad_{\comm{X}{Y}}=\comm{\ad_{X}}{\ad_{Y}}\). Applying both sides to an arbitrary \(Z\),

\begin{align*} \comm{\ad_{X}}{\ad_{Y}}Z & = \ad_{X}\ad_{Y}Z-\ad_{Y}\ad_{X}Z\\ & = \comm{X}{\comm{Y}{Z}}-\comm{Y}{\comm{X}{Z}}\\ & = \comm{X}{\comm{Y}{Z}}+\comm{Y}{\comm{Z}{X}} && \text{by Equation (5.155)}\\ & = -\comm{Z}{\comm{X}{Y}} && \text{by Equation (5.156)}\\ & = \comm{\comm{X}{Y}}{Z} && \text{by Equation (5.155)}\\ & = \ad_{\comm{X}{Y}}Z\ec \end{align*}

so the adjoint map is a representation — and note what the derivation shows: the Jacobi identity is exactly the statement that \(\ad\) is a representation, neither more nor less.

For the matrices, apply Equation (5.219) to a basis vector and compare with Equation (5.74) and the definition Equation (5.150) of the structure constants:

\[ \ad_{e_{i}}e_{j}=\comm{e_{i}}{e_{j}}=C^{k}_{\ ij}e_{k}\ec \]

whose coefficients are, by Proposition 5.45, the matrix entries claimed in Equation (5.220).

Finally \(\ad_{X}=\Theta\) means \(\comm{X}{Y}=0_{L}\) for every \(Y\), which is the definition of the centre; by Proposition 5.164 the centre is an ideal, as it must be.

Corollary 5.168.

The adjoint representation of a Lie algebra with trivial centre — in particular of a simple Lie algebra, which is by definition non-abelian and has no proper non-zero ideal — is faithful. Every such algebra is therefore isomorphic to an algebra of \(\dim{L}\times\dim{L}\) matrices under the commutator. Rests on Proposition 5.167, Proposition 5.164, Definition 5.163 and Proposition 5.125.

Proof.

Derives Corollary 5.168. Immediate from Proposition 5.167: the kernel is the centre, and a representation is faithful exactly when its kernel is trivial. For a simple \(L\) the centre is an ideal, hence \(\set{0_{L}}\) or \(L\); the second would make \(L\) abelian and is excluded. The matrices are those of Equation (5.220), and Proposition 5.125 guarantees they satisfy the same algebra.

Back to unitary group representations

The two theories are joined by the exponential map, and the join is where the SI units of the treatise re-enter what has so far been pure algebra. Let \(G\) be a Lie group with algebra \(L\), and let \(U\) be a representation of \(G\) that is unitary in the sense of Equation (5.183). Writing a one-parameter subgroup as \(U(t)=\exp\left(t\rho(X)\right)\), unitarity for every \(t\) requires

\begin{equation}\tag{5.221} \rho(X)^{\dagger}=-\rho(X)\ec \end{equation}

that is, the algebra is represented by anti-hermitian operators: differentiate \(U(t)^{\dagger}U(t)=\identity\) at \(t=0\). Physics prefers hermitian operators, because those are the ones with real spectra and hence the observable ones, so one writes \(\rho(X)=-\ii\Lambda/\hbar\) with \(\Lambda^{\dagger}=\Lambda\) — and this is where the units are fixed.

Remark 5.169 (The generator of time translations, in SI).

Take \(G\) to be the group of time translations of the \(3+1\) spacetime of Minkowski Space and Its Symmetries, acting on the state space of a quantum system. Its unitary representation is

\[ U(t)=\exp{\left(-\frac{\ii}{\hbar}\Ham t\right)}\ec \]

with \(\Ham\) the Hamiltonian, of SI unit the joule, \(t\) in seconds, and \(\hbar=h/2\pi=1.054571817\times 10^{-34}\,\mathrm{J}\,\mathrm{s}\) the reduced Planck constant — \(h\) being exact by the SI definition of the kilogram, so that \(\hbar\) is exact as a multiple of \(1/2\pi\) and the decimal shown is rounded (The Postulates of Quantum Mechanics and the constants appendix). The exponent \(\Ham t/\hbar\) is then a pure number, as the argument of an exponential must be, and the algebra element is represented by \(\rho(X)=-\ii\Ham/\hbar\), whose SI unit is \(/\mathrm{s}\) — an inverse time, which is what a generator of time translations has to be. The same bookkeeping applies to every generator in this treatise: an angular-momentum operator is \(\rho(X)=-\ii J/\hbar\) with \(J\) in \(\mathrm{J}\,\mathrm{s}\), so that \(\rho(X)\) is dimensionless, rotation angles being dimensionless too. The habit of setting \(\hbar=1\), universal in the representation-theory literature, is what hides this; the treatise does not adopt it (editorial rule 3).